1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
46 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
48 #include "insn-config.h"
56 #include "dwarf2out.h"
57 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
63 #include "diagnostic.h"
66 #include "langhooks.h"
71 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
72 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
75 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
76 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
77 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
78 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
79 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
80 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
81 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
82 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
83 CIE = Common Information Entry
84 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
85 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
86 FDE = Frame Description Entry
87 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
88 how to restore registers
90 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
91 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
93 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 # ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
95 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO \
96 (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG)
98 # define DWARF2_FRAME_INFO 0
102 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
103 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
104 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
105 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
106 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
109 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
113 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
115 /* We want to emit correct CFA location expressions or lists, so we
116 have to return true if we're going to output debug info, even if
117 we're not going to output frame or unwind info. */
118 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
119 || write_symbols == VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
121 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
122 || (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
123 && (flag_unwind_tables
124 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)))
129 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
131 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
134 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
135 must be kept around forever. */
136 static GTY(()) VEC(rtx,gc) *used_rtx_array;
138 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
139 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a
140 VEC(tree,gc) because we want to tell the garbage collector about
142 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *incomplete_types;
144 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
145 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
146 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
147 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
148 define type declaration DIE's. */
149 static GTY(()) VEC(tree,gc) *decl_scope_table;
151 /* Pointers to various DWARF2 sections. */
152 static GTY(()) section *debug_info_section;
153 static GTY(()) section *debug_abbrev_section;
154 static GTY(()) section *debug_aranges_section;
155 static GTY(()) section *debug_macinfo_section;
156 static GTY(()) section *debug_line_section;
157 static GTY(()) section *debug_loc_section;
158 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubnames_section;
159 static GTY(()) section *debug_pubtypes_section;
160 static GTY(()) section *debug_str_section;
161 static GTY(()) section *debug_ranges_section;
162 static GTY(()) section *debug_frame_section;
164 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
165 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
166 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
169 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
170 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
171 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
173 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
174 Information instructions. The register number, offset
175 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
176 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
178 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type {
180 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num,
186 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct GTY(())
188 unsigned int GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num;
189 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset;
190 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr;
191 struct dw_loc_descr_struct * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc;
195 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct GTY(())
197 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
198 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
199 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
201 dw_cfi_oprnd GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
206 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
207 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
208 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
209 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
210 of this structure. */
211 typedef struct cfa_loc GTY(())
213 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
214 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset;
216 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
219 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
220 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
221 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
222 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
223 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
225 typedef struct dw_fde_struct GTY(())
228 const char *dw_fde_begin;
229 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
230 const char *dw_fde_end;
231 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_label;
232 const char *dw_fde_hot_section_end_label;
233 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_label;
234 const char *dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label;
235 bool dw_fde_switched_sections;
236 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
237 unsigned funcdef_number;
238 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls : 1;
239 unsigned nothrow : 1;
240 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
244 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
245 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
247 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
248 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
249 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
250 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
252 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
253 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
256 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
257 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
258 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
261 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
262 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
265 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
266 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
267 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
270 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
271 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
273 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
274 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
277 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
279 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
280 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
281 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
283 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
284 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
285 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
286 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
288 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
292 /* CIE identifier. */
293 #if HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT >= 64
294 #define DWARF_CIE_ID \
295 (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? DW_CIE_ID : DW64_CIE_ID)
297 #define DWARF_CIE_ID DW_CIE_ID
300 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
301 information for each routine. */
302 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table;
304 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
305 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated;
307 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
308 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use;
310 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
312 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
314 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
315 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
317 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
318 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
319 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
320 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
321 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
322 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
325 struct indirect_string_node GTY(())
328 unsigned int refcount;
333 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node))) htab_t debug_str_hash;
335 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter;
336 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num;
338 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
340 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
342 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
343 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
344 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi (void);
345 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref);
346 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref);
347 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *);
348 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *);
349 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT);
350 static void initial_return_save (rtx);
351 static HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust_offset (rtx);
352 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int);
353 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
354 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx, bool);
355 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
356 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx);
357 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx, const char *);
359 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
360 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref);
361 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *,
362 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *);
363 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
364 (dw_cfa_location *, HOST_WIDE_INT);
365 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location *);
367 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
368 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
369 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
372 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
373 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
374 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
376 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
377 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
380 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
381 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
384 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
385 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
388 #ifndef FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
389 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
391 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
392 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
393 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
394 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
395 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
396 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
397 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
398 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
399 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
400 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
402 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
403 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
405 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
407 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
409 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
413 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
414 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
415 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
416 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
419 /* Hook used by __throw. */
422 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
424 unsigned int dwarf_regnum = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
425 return GEN_INT (DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (dwarf_regnum, 1));
428 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
429 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
432 stripattributes (const char *s)
434 char *stripped = XNEWVEC (char, strlen (s) + 2);
439 while (*s && *s != ',')
446 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
449 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address)
452 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
453 rtx addr = expand_normal (address);
454 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode, addr);
455 bool wrote_return_column = false;
457 for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
459 int rnum = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i), 1);
461 if (rnum < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS)
463 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = rnum * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
464 enum machine_mode save_mode = reg_raw_mode[i];
467 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i, save_mode))
468 save_mode = choose_hard_reg_mode (i, 1, true);
469 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
471 if (save_mode == VOIDmode)
473 wrote_return_column = true;
475 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
479 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset),
480 gen_int_mode (size, mode));
484 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
485 gcc_assert (wrote_return_column);
486 i = DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
487 wrote_return_column = false;
489 i = DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN;
492 if (! wrote_return_column)
494 enum machine_mode save_mode = Pmode;
495 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = i * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
496 HOST_WIDE_INT size = GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode);
497 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
501 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
504 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc)
508 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
509 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
511 return "DW_CFA_offset";
513 return "DW_CFA_restore";
517 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
518 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
519 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
520 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
521 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
522 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
523 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
524 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
525 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
526 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
527 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
528 case DW_CFA_undefined:
529 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
530 case DW_CFA_same_value:
531 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
532 case DW_CFA_register:
533 return "DW_CFA_register";
534 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
535 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
536 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
537 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
539 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
540 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
541 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
542 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
543 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
546 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
547 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
548 case DW_CFA_expression:
549 return "DW_CFA_expression";
550 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
551 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
552 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
553 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
554 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
555 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
557 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
558 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
559 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
562 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
563 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
564 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
565 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
566 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
567 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
570 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
574 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
576 static inline dw_cfi_ref
579 dw_cfi_ref cfi = ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
581 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
582 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
583 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
588 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
591 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref *list_head, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
595 /* Find the end of the chain. */
596 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
602 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
605 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
607 static char label[20];
609 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num++);
610 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
614 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
615 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
618 add_fde_cfi (const char *label, dw_cfi_ref cfi)
622 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
625 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
627 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
628 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
632 label = xstrdup (label);
634 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
636 /* If we have a current label, advance from there, otherwise
637 set the location directly using set_loc. */
638 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = fde->dw_fde_current_label
639 ? DW_CFA_advance_loc4
641 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
642 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
644 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label;
647 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
651 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
654 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
657 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_cfa_location *loc)
659 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
661 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
662 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
664 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
666 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
668 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
669 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
672 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
673 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
675 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
676 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
678 = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
680 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
681 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
688 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
691 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location *loc)
695 loc->reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
698 loc->base_offset = 0;
700 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
701 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
703 if (fde_table_in_use)
705 dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
706 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
707 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
711 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
712 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
714 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
716 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
718 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
719 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size;
721 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
722 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size;
724 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
725 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
726 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
729 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
736 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
739 /* Determine if two dw_cfa_location structures define the same data. */
742 cfa_equal_p (const dw_cfa_location *loc1, const dw_cfa_location *loc2)
744 return (loc1->reg == loc2->reg
745 && loc1->offset == loc2->offset
746 && loc1->indirect == loc2->indirect
747 && (loc1->indirect == 0
748 || loc1->base_offset == loc2->base_offset));
751 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
752 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
755 def_cfa_1 (const char *label, dw_cfa_location *loc_p)
758 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
763 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
764 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
766 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
767 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
769 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
770 if (cfa_equal_p (&loc, &old_cfa))
775 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
777 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction, indicating
778 the CFA register did not change but the offset did. */
781 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
782 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
784 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf;
785 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
789 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
790 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
794 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
795 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset
796 && old_cfa.reg != INVALID_REGNUM
799 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
800 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
801 offset has not changed. */
802 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
803 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
807 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
809 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
810 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
811 the specified offset. */
814 HOST_WIDE_INT f_offset = loc.offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
815 gcc_assert (f_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == loc.offset);
817 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf;
818 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
819 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = f_offset;
823 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
824 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
825 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
830 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
831 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
832 register-offset pair is available. */
833 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
835 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
836 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc, 0);
837 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
840 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
843 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
844 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
845 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
846 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
849 reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, unsigned int sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
851 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
853 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
855 if (sreg == INVALID_REGNUM)
858 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
860 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
862 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
864 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
866 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
867 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
868 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
870 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
872 gcc_assert (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT == offset);
875 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
877 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf;
879 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
881 else if (sreg == reg)
882 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_same_value;
885 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
886 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
889 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
892 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
893 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
894 from the previous frame's window save area.
896 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
897 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
900 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label)
902 dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
904 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
905 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
908 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
909 pushed onto the stack. */
912 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT size)
916 if (size == old_args_size)
919 old_args_size = size;
922 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
923 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
924 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
927 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
928 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
931 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label, unsigned int reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
933 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
936 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
937 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
940 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
942 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, INVALID_REGNUM, offset);
945 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
946 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
949 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label, unsigned int sreg)
951 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (sreg), 0);
954 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
955 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
958 initial_return_save (rtx rtl)
960 unsigned int reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
961 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
963 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
966 /* RA is in a register. */
967 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
971 /* RA is on the stack. */
973 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
976 gcc_assert (REGNO (rtl) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
981 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
982 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
986 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
987 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
997 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
998 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
999 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
1000 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1001 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
1008 if (reg != DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN)
1009 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
1012 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
1015 static HOST_WIDE_INT
1016 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern)
1018 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
1019 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
1020 HOST_WIDE_INT offset = 0;
1023 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1025 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
1026 code = GET_CODE (src);
1027 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
1028 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
1029 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1032 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1036 else if (MEM_P (dest))
1038 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1039 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
1040 code = GET_CODE (src);
1046 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1048 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
1049 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1050 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == PLUS
1051 && GET_CODE (val) == CONST_INT);
1052 offset = -INTVAL (val);
1059 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1061 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1068 if (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1070 offset = -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1085 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1086 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1087 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1090 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1092 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1096 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1097 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1098 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1099 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1100 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn))
1103 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1104 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1105 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1107 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1109 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1110 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1111 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
1112 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
1113 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
1114 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
1115 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (insn) == CALL);
1116 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
1121 if (CALL_P (insn) && !after_p)
1123 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1124 dwarf2out_args_size ("", args_size);
1127 else if (BARRIER_P (insn))
1129 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1130 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1131 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1132 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1133 offset = -args_size;
1138 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
1139 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
1140 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
1141 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1143 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1145 for (offset = 0, i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
1146 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i)) == SET)
1147 offset += stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i));
1155 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1156 cfa.offset += offset;
1158 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1162 args_size += offset;
1166 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1167 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1168 if (flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables)
1169 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1174 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1175 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1176 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1178 struct queued_reg_save GTY(())
1180 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1182 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset;
1186 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1188 /* The caller's ORIG_REG is saved in SAVED_IN_REG. */
1189 struct reg_saved_in_data GTY(()) {
1194 /* A list of registers saved in other registers.
1195 The list intentionally has a small maximum capacity of 4; if your
1196 port needs more than that, you might consider implementing a
1197 more efficient data structure. */
1198 static GTY(()) struct reg_saved_in_data regs_saved_in_regs[4];
1199 static GTY(()) size_t num_regs_saved_in_regs;
1201 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1202 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1204 /* Add an entry to QUEUED_REG_SAVES saying that REG is now saved at
1205 SREG, or if SREG is NULL then it is saved at OFFSET to the CFA. */
1208 queue_reg_save (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
1210 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1212 /* Duplicates waste space, but it's also necessary to remove them
1213 for correctness, since the queue gets output in reverse
1215 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q != NULL; q = q->next)
1216 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (reg))
1221 q = ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q));
1222 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1223 queued_reg_saves = q;
1227 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1228 q->saved_reg = sreg;
1230 last_reg_save_label = label;
1233 /* Output all the entries in QUEUED_REG_SAVES. */
1236 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1238 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1240 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1243 unsigned int reg, sreg;
1245 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1246 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (q->reg))
1248 if (q->saved_reg && i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1250 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1251 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1253 if (i != num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1255 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = q->reg;
1256 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = q->saved_reg;
1259 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->reg));
1261 sreg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (q->saved_reg));
1263 sreg = INVALID_REGNUM;
1264 reg_save (last_reg_save_label, reg, sreg, q->cfa_offset);
1267 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1268 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1271 /* Does INSN clobber any register which QUEUED_REG_SAVES lists a saved
1272 location for? Or, does it clobber a register which we've previously
1273 said that some other register is saved in, and for which we now
1274 have a new location for? */
1277 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn)
1279 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1281 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1284 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1286 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1287 if (REGNO (q->reg) == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg)
1288 && modified_in_p (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg, insn))
1295 /* Entry point for saving the first register into the second. */
1298 dwarf2out_reg_save_reg (const char *label, rtx reg, rtx sreg)
1301 unsigned int regno, sregno;
1303 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1304 if (REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg) == REGNO (reg))
1306 if (i == num_regs_saved_in_regs)
1308 gcc_assert (i != ARRAY_SIZE (regs_saved_in_regs));
1309 num_regs_saved_in_regs++;
1311 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = reg;
1312 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = sreg;
1314 regno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (reg));
1315 sregno = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (sreg));
1316 reg_save (label, regno, sregno, 0);
1319 /* What register, if any, is currently saved in REG? */
1322 reg_saved_in (rtx reg)
1324 unsigned int regn = REGNO (reg);
1326 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1328 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q; q = q->next)
1329 if (q->saved_reg && regn == REGNO (q->saved_reg))
1332 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1333 if (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg
1334 && regn == REGNO (regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg))
1335 return regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg;
1341 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1342 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1343 value, not an offset. */
1344 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1346 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1347 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1348 address) or saves a register to the stack or another register.
1349 LABEL indicates the address of EXPR.
1351 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1352 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1353 users need not read the source code.
1355 The High-Level Picture
1357 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1358 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1359 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1360 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1361 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1363 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1364 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1365 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1366 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1367 saves. This also seems to work.
1369 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1370 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1371 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1372 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1373 It's also assumed that a copy from a call-saved register to another
1374 register is saving that register if RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on
1375 that instruction. If the copy is from a call-saved register to
1376 the *same* register, that means that the register is now the same
1377 value as in the caller.
1379 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1380 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1381 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1382 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1384 In addition, if a register has previously been saved to a different
1387 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1389 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1390 consists of a register and an offset.
1391 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1392 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1393 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1394 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1395 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1396 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1397 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1399 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1400 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1401 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1404 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1405 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1406 and cfa_temp.offset.
1408 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1411 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1412 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1413 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1417 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1418 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1421 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1422 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1423 cfa.offset unchanged
1424 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1425 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1428 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1429 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1430 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1431 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1432 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1433 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1436 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1437 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1438 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1441 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1442 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1444 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1445 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1446 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1449 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1450 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1452 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1453 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1456 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1457 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1458 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1461 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1462 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1463 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1466 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1470 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1471 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1472 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1475 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1476 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1477 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1479 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1482 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1483 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1484 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1486 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1489 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1492 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1493 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1496 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1497 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1498 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1501 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1502 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1503 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1504 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem)
1507 (set <reg> {unspec, unspec_volatile})
1508 effects: target-dependent */
1511 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr, const char *label)
1514 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
1516 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1517 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1518 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1519 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1520 flag is set in them. */
1521 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1524 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1526 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1527 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index)) == SET
1528 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index))
1530 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index), label);
1535 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (expr) == SET);
1537 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1538 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1542 rtx rsi = reg_saved_in (src);
1547 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1550 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1552 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1554 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1557 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1558 relative to the current CFA register.
1560 We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1561 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1562 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1563 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1564 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1565 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1566 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1570 /* Saving a register in a register. */
1571 gcc_assert (!fixed_regs [REGNO (dest)]
1572 /* For the SPARC and its register window. */
1573 || (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (src))
1574 == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN));
1575 queue_reg_save (label, src, dest, 0);
1582 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1586 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1589 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1592 gcc_assert ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1))
1594 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1600 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1602 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1603 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM);
1604 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1606 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1607 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1610 gcc_assert (XEXP (src, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx);
1612 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1614 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1615 cfa.offset += offset;
1616 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1617 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1619 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1622 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1623 or adjusting the FP */
1624 gcc_assert (frame_pointer_needed);
1626 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1627 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1628 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1629 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1630 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1632 cfa.offset += offset;
1633 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1637 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS);
1640 if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1641 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1642 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1644 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1645 into the FP later on. */
1646 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1647 cfa.offset += offset;
1648 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1649 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1650 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1651 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1655 else if (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1656 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1657 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1659 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1660 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1661 gcc_assert (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1662 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1663 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1667 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1668 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1670 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1671 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1680 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1681 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1686 gcc_assert (REG_P (XEXP (src, 0))
1687 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1688 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT);
1690 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1691 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1692 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1695 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1696 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1703 case UNSPEC_VOLATILE:
1704 gcc_assert (targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec);
1705 targetm.dwarf_handle_frame_unspec (label, expr, XINT (src, 1));
1712 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1716 gcc_assert (REG_P (src));
1718 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1720 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1725 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1726 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1))
1728 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1730 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1731 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1733 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1734 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1735 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1737 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1743 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1744 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1747 gcc_assert (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1748 && cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
1750 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1751 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1752 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1754 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1758 /* With an offset. */
1765 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT
1766 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1767 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1768 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1771 regno = REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0));
1773 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1774 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1777 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1778 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1784 /* Without an offset. */
1787 int regno = REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0));
1789 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) regno)
1790 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1793 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) regno);
1794 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1801 gcc_assert (cfa_temp.reg
1802 == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)));
1803 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1804 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1811 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1812 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1813 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1815 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1817 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1819 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1820 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1822 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1823 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, NULL_RTX, offset);
1828 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1829 calculate the CFA. */
1830 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1834 gcc_assert (REG_P (x));
1836 cfa.reg = REGNO (x);
1837 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1839 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1844 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1845 queue_reg_save (label, src, NULL_RTX, offset);
1853 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1854 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1855 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state.
1857 If AFTER_P is false, we're being called before the insn is emitted,
1858 otherwise after. Call instructions get invoked twice. */
1861 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn, bool after_p)
1866 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1870 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1871 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1873 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1876 == (unsigned long)DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM));
1878 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1881 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1883 for (i = 0; i < num_regs_saved_in_regs; i++)
1885 regs_saved_in_regs[i].orig_reg = NULL_RTX;
1886 regs_saved_in_regs[i].saved_in_reg = NULL_RTX;
1888 num_regs_saved_in_regs = 0;
1892 if (!NONJUMP_INSN_P (insn) || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1893 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1895 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1897 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1898 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn, after_p);
1902 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1903 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1905 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1907 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1909 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1914 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1915 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1916 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1918 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1919 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1924 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1925 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1927 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1928 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1929 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1930 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1931 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1932 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr;
1935 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1936 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1937 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1938 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1939 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1940 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1941 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1942 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1943 case DW_CFA_register:
1944 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1946 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1947 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1948 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
1949 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1951 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1952 case DW_CFA_expression:
1953 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc;
1960 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1961 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1962 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi);
1964 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1965 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi)
1969 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1970 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
1972 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
1973 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1974 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset;
1976 case DW_CFA_register:
1977 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num;
1980 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused;
1984 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1986 /* Switch to eh_frame_section. If we don't have an eh_frame_section,
1987 switch to the data section instead, and write out a synthetic label
1991 switch_to_eh_frame_section (void)
1995 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
1996 if (eh_frame_section == 0)
2000 if (EH_TABLES_CAN_BE_READ_ONLY)
2006 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1,
2008 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2,
2010 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0,
2012 flags = ((! flag_pic
2013 || ((fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2014 && (fde_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2015 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2016 && (per_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
2017 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
2018 && (lsda_encoding & 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned))
2019 ? 0 : SECTION_WRITE);
2022 flags = SECTION_WRITE;
2023 eh_frame_section = get_section (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME, flags, NULL);
2027 if (eh_frame_section)
2028 switch_to_section (eh_frame_section);
2031 /* We have no special eh_frame section. Put the information in
2032 the data section and emit special labels to guide collect2. */
2033 switch_to_section (data_section);
2034 label = get_file_function_name ("F");
2035 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2036 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file,
2037 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2038 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
2042 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
2045 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi, dw_fde_ref fde, int for_eh)
2048 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
2049 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
2050 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
2051 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
2052 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
2053 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
2055 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2056 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2057 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r);
2058 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2060 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
2062 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2063 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc | (r & 0x3f)),
2064 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r);
2068 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
2069 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
2071 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
2073 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
2075 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2076 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
2077 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
2080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2081 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
2082 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2085 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
2086 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2087 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2088 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2091 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
2092 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2093 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2094 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2097 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
2098 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2099 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2100 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2103 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
2104 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
2105 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
2106 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
2109 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
2110 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
2111 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2112 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2113 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2116 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf:
2117 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf:
2118 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2119 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2120 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2123 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
2124 case DW_CFA_undefined:
2125 case DW_CFA_same_value:
2126 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
2127 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2128 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2131 case DW_CFA_register:
2132 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2133 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2134 r = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, for_eh);
2135 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r, NULL);
2138 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
2139 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
2140 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2143 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf:
2144 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
2147 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
2150 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
2151 case DW_CFA_expression:
2152 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
2155 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
2156 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
2165 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
2166 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
2167 location of saved registers. */
2170 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh)
2175 char l1[20], l2[20], section_start_label[20];
2176 bool any_lsda_needed = false;
2177 char augmentation[6];
2178 int augmentation_size;
2179 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2180 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2181 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
2184 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
2185 if (fde_table_in_use == 0)
2188 /* If we make FDEs linkonce, we may have to emit an empty label for
2189 an FDE that wouldn't otherwise be emitted. We want to avoid
2190 having an FDE kept around when the function it refers to is
2191 discarded. Example where this matters: a primary function
2192 template in C++ requires EH information, but an explicit
2193 specialization doesn't. */
2194 if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO
2195 && ! flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
2197 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2198 if ((fde_table[i].nothrow || fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2199 && !fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda
2200 && ! DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2201 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde_table[i].decl,
2202 for_eh, /* empty */ 1);
2204 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
2205 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
2206 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
2207 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
2210 bool any_eh_needed = !flag_exceptions || flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables;
2212 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2213 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
2214 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = true;
2215 else if (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2216 any_eh_needed = true;
2217 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow
2218 && ! fde_table[i].all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2219 any_eh_needed = true;
2221 if (! any_eh_needed)
2225 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
2230 switch_to_eh_frame_section ();
2233 if (!debug_frame_section)
2234 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
2235 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
2236 switch_to_section (debug_frame_section);
2239 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL, for_eh);
2240 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, section_start_label);
2242 /* Output the CIE. */
2243 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
2244 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
2245 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2246 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2247 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2248 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2249 "Length of Common Information Entry");
2250 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2252 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
2253 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
2254 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
2255 (for_eh ? 0 : DWARF_CIE_ID),
2256 "CIE Identifier Tag");
2258 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
2260 augmentation[0] = 0;
2261 augmentation_size = 0;
2267 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
2268 augmentation section.
2269 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2270 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2271 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2273 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2274 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2276 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2277 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2278 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2280 p = augmentation + 1;
2281 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2284 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
2286 if (any_lsda_needed)
2289 augmentation_size += 1;
2291 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2294 augmentation_size += 1;
2296 if (p > augmentation + 1)
2298 augmentation[0] = 'z';
2302 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2303 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2305 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2307 + 1 /* CIE version */
2308 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2309 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2310 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
2312 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2313 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2314 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2316 augmentation_size += pad;
2318 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2319 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2320 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) == 1);
2324 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2325 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2326 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
2327 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2329 return_reg = DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, for_eh);
2330 if (DW_CIE_VERSION == 1)
2331 dw2_asm_output_data (1, return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (return_reg, "CIE RA Column");
2335 if (augmentation[0])
2337 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
2338 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
2340 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
2341 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
2342 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
2343 eh_personality_libfunc,
2347 if (any_lsda_needed)
2348 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2349 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
2351 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
2352 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2353 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
2356 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2357 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
2359 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2360 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2361 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
2362 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2364 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2365 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; i++)
2367 fde = &fde_table[i];
2369 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2370 if (for_eh && !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables && flag_exceptions
2371 && (fde->nothrow || fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls)
2372 && ! (TARGET_USES_WEAK_UNWIND_INFO && DECL_WEAK (fde_table[i].decl))
2373 && !fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2376 targetm.asm_out.unwind_label (asm_out_file, fde->decl, for_eh, /* empty */ 0);
2377 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2378 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2379 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
2380 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 && !for_eh)
2381 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
2382 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
2383 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
2385 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
2388 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, section_start_label, "FDE CIE offset");
2390 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, section_start_label,
2391 debug_frame_section, "FDE CIE offset");
2395 rtx sym_ref = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin);
2396 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2397 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
2400 "FDE initial location");
2401 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2403 rtx sym_ref2 = gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2404 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label);
2405 rtx sym_ref3= gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode,
2406 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label);
2407 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref2) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2408 SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS (sym_ref3) |= SYMBOL_FLAG_LOCAL;
2409 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref3, false,
2410 "FDE initial location");
2411 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2412 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2413 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2414 "FDE address range");
2415 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding, sym_ref2, false,
2416 "FDE initial location");
2417 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2418 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2419 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2420 "FDE address range");
2423 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
2424 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2425 "FDE address range");
2429 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2430 "FDE initial location");
2431 if (fde->dw_fde_switched_sections)
2433 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2434 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2435 "FDE initial location");
2436 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2437 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label,
2438 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label,
2439 "FDE address range");
2440 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2441 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2442 "FDE initial location");
2443 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2444 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label,
2445 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label,
2446 "FDE address range");
2449 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
2450 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
2451 "FDE address range");
2454 if (augmentation[0])
2456 if (any_lsda_needed)
2458 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
2460 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2462 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
2463 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2464 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
2465 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2466 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
2469 gcc_assert (size_of_uleb128 (size) == 1);
2472 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
2474 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
2476 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
2477 fde->funcdef_number);
2478 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2479 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
2480 false, "Language Specific Data Area");
2484 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
2485 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
2487 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding), 0,
2488 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2492 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2495 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2497 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
2498 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
2499 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
2501 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2502 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
2503 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
2504 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
2507 if (for_eh && targetm.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info)
2508 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2509 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2510 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2511 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2512 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
2515 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2520 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2524 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2525 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2527 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2531 current_function_func_begin_label = NULL;
2533 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2534 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2535 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2537 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2538 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2541 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2545 switch_to_section (function_section (current_function_decl));
2546 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2547 current_function_funcdef_no);
2548 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2549 current_function_funcdef_no);
2550 dup_label = xstrdup (label);
2551 current_function_func_begin_label = dup_label;
2553 #ifdef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2554 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2555 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2559 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2560 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2562 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2563 fde_table = ggc_realloc (fde_table,
2564 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2565 memset (fde_table + fde_table_in_use, 0,
2566 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2569 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2570 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2572 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2573 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2574 fde->decl = current_function_decl;
2575 fde->dw_fde_begin = dup_label;
2576 fde->dw_fde_current_label = dup_label;
2577 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = NULL;
2578 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = NULL;
2579 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = NULL;
2580 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = NULL;
2581 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = false;
2582 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2583 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2584 fde->funcdef_number = current_function_funcdef_no;
2585 fde->nothrow = TREE_NOTHROW (current_function_decl);
2586 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2587 fde->all_throwers_are_sibcalls = cfun->all_throwers_are_sibcalls;
2589 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2591 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2592 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2593 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2595 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2599 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2600 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2604 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2605 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2608 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2610 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2612 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL,
2613 current_function_funcdef_no);
2614 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2615 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2616 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2620 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2622 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2623 fde_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2624 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2625 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2627 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2628 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2630 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2631 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2633 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2634 if (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2635 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2640 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2642 /* Output call frame information. */
2643 if (DWARF2_FRAME_INFO)
2644 output_call_frame_info (0);
2646 #ifndef TARGET_UNWIND_INFO
2647 /* Output another copy for the unwinder. */
2648 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS && (flag_unwind_tables || flag_exceptions))
2649 output_call_frame_info (1);
2654 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2655 for emitting location expressions. */
2657 /* Data about a single source file. */
2658 struct dwarf_file_data GTY(())
2660 const char * filename;
2664 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2665 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2666 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2669 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2670 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2671 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2672 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2674 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2675 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2676 implementation are listed below. */
2681 dw_val_class_offset,
2683 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2684 dw_val_class_range_list,
2686 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2687 dw_val_class_long_long,
2690 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2691 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2692 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2693 dw_val_class_lineptr,
2695 dw_val_class_macptr,
2699 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2700 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2702 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct GTY(())
2709 /* Describe a floating point constant value, or a vector constant value. */
2711 typedef struct dw_vec_struct GTY(())
2713 unsigned char * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array;
2719 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2720 represented internally. */
2722 typedef struct dw_val_struct GTY(())
2724 enum dw_val_class val_class;
2725 union dw_val_struct_union
2727 rtx GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr;
2728 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset;
2729 dw_loc_list_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list;
2730 dw_loc_descr_ref GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc;
2731 HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((default)) val_int;
2732 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned;
2733 dw_long_long_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long;
2734 dw_vec_const GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_vec"))) val_vec;
2735 struct dw_val_die_union
2739 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref;
2740 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index;
2741 struct indirect_string_node * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str;
2742 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id;
2743 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag;
2744 struct dwarf_file_data * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_file"))) val_file;
2746 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v;
2750 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2753 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct GTY(())
2755 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2756 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2757 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2758 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2763 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2764 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2765 their entire life. */
2766 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct GTY(())
2768 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2769 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2770 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2771 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2772 Only on head of list */
2773 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2774 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2777 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2779 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2780 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom,
2781 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
2782 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref);
2783 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2784 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2785 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2786 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref);
2788 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2791 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op)
2796 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
2797 return "DW_OP_addr";
2799 return "DW_OP_deref";
2801 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2803 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2805 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2807 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2809 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2811 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2813 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2815 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2817 return "DW_OP_constu";
2819 return "DW_OP_consts";
2823 return "DW_OP_drop";
2825 return "DW_OP_over";
2827 return "DW_OP_pick";
2829 return "DW_OP_swap";
2833 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2841 return "DW_OP_minus";
2853 return "DW_OP_plus";
2854 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2855 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2861 return "DW_OP_shra";
2879 return "DW_OP_skip";
2881 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2883 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2885 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2887 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2889 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2891 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2893 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2895 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2897 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2899 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2901 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2903 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2905 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2907 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2909 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2911 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2913 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2915 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2917 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2919 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2921 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2923 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2925 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2927 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2929 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2931 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2933 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2935 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2937 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2939 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2941 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2943 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2945 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2947 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2949 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2951 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2953 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2955 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2957 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2959 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2961 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2963 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2965 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2967 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2969 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2971 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2973 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2975 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2977 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2979 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2981 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2983 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2985 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2987 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2989 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2991 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2993 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2995 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2997 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2999 return "DW_OP_reg27";
3001 return "DW_OP_reg28";
3003 return "DW_OP_reg29";
3005 return "DW_OP_reg30";
3007 return "DW_OP_reg31";
3009 return "DW_OP_breg0";
3011 return "DW_OP_breg1";
3013 return "DW_OP_breg2";
3015 return "DW_OP_breg3";
3017 return "DW_OP_breg4";
3019 return "DW_OP_breg5";
3021 return "DW_OP_breg6";
3023 return "DW_OP_breg7";
3025 return "DW_OP_breg8";
3027 return "DW_OP_breg9";
3029 return "DW_OP_breg10";
3031 return "DW_OP_breg11";
3033 return "DW_OP_breg12";
3035 return "DW_OP_breg13";
3037 return "DW_OP_breg14";
3039 return "DW_OP_breg15";
3041 return "DW_OP_breg16";
3043 return "DW_OP_breg17";
3045 return "DW_OP_breg18";
3047 return "DW_OP_breg19";
3049 return "DW_OP_breg20";
3051 return "DW_OP_breg21";
3053 return "DW_OP_breg22";
3055 return "DW_OP_breg23";
3057 return "DW_OP_breg24";
3059 return "DW_OP_breg25";
3061 return "DW_OP_breg26";
3063 return "DW_OP_breg27";
3065 return "DW_OP_breg28";
3067 return "DW_OP_breg29";
3069 return "DW_OP_breg30";
3071 return "DW_OP_breg31";
3073 return "DW_OP_regx";
3075 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
3077 return "DW_OP_bregx";
3079 return "DW_OP_piece";
3080 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3081 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
3082 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3083 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
3086 case DW_OP_push_object_address:
3087 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
3089 return "DW_OP_call2";
3091 return "DW_OP_call4";
3092 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3093 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
3094 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address:
3095 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
3097 return "OP_<unknown>";
3101 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
3102 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
3103 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
3105 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
3106 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1,
3107 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2)
3109 dw_loc_descr_ref descr = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
3111 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
3112 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3113 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
3114 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
3115 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
3120 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
3123 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
3125 dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
3127 /* Find the end of the chain. */
3128 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
3134 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
3136 static unsigned long
3137 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3139 unsigned long size = 1;
3141 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3144 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3145 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3164 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3167 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3172 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3173 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3211 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3214 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3217 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
3220 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3221 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
3224 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
3226 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3227 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3236 case DW_OP_call_ref:
3237 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
3246 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
3248 static unsigned long
3249 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3254 /* If there are no skip or bra opcodes, don't fill in the dw_loc_addr
3255 field, to avoid writing to a PCH file. */
3256 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3258 if (l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_skip || l->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_bra)
3260 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3265 for (size = 0, l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->dw_loc_next)
3267 l->dw_loc_addr = size;
3268 size += size_of_loc_descr (l);
3274 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
3277 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3279 dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
3280 dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
3282 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
3284 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3286 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
3290 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3294 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3298 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG >= 64);
3299 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3306 gcc_assert (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc);
3307 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
3309 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
3322 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
3323 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
3324 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
3325 only doing unwinding. */
3330 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3333 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3336 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3339 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3341 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3342 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3376 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3379 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3382 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3385 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3386 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
3389 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
3391 case DW_OP_deref_size:
3392 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
3393 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
3396 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr:
3397 if (targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
3399 targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel (asm_out_file,
3402 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
3409 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3414 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3417 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
3419 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
3421 /* Output the opcode. */
3422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
3423 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
3425 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3426 output_loc_operands (loc);
3430 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3431 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3434 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi)
3436 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
3439 /* Output the size of the block. */
3440 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
3441 size = size_of_locs (loc);
3442 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
3444 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3445 output_loc_sequence (loc);
3448 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from a
3449 dw_cfa_location, adding the given OFFSET to the result of the
3452 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
3453 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location *cfa, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
3455 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
3457 offset += cfa->offset;
3461 if (cfa->base_offset)
3464 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
3466 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
3468 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3469 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3471 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3473 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
3474 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
3475 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3478 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, offset, 0);
3479 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
3486 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
3488 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
3489 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
3490 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, offset, 0);
3492 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, offset);
3498 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3499 descriptor sequence. */
3502 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location *cfa, struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc)
3504 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
3506 cfa->base_offset = 0;
3510 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
3512 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
3548 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
3551 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3585 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
3586 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3589 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
3590 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3595 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3596 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3599 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented",
3600 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3604 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3606 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3607 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3609 /* .debug_str support. */
3610 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3612 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3613 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3614 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3615 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3616 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3617 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3618 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3619 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3620 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree);
3621 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree);
3622 static void dwarf2out_type_decl (tree, int);
3623 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree, tree);
3624 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree);
3625 static void dwarf2out_var_location (rtx);
3626 static void dwarf2out_begin_function (tree);
3627 static void dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void);
3629 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3631 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3637 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3638 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3639 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3640 dwarf2out_end_block,
3641 dwarf2out_ignore_block,
3642 dwarf2out_source_line,
3643 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3644 debug_nothing_int_charstar, /* end_prologue */
3645 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3646 dwarf2out_begin_function,
3647 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3648 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3649 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3650 dwarf2out_type_decl, /* type_decl */
3651 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl,
3652 debug_nothing_tree, /* deferred_inline_function */
3653 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3654 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3655 something tries to reference them. */
3656 dwarf2out_abstract_function, /* outlining_inline_function */
3657 debug_nothing_rtx, /* label */
3658 debug_nothing_int, /* handle_pch */
3659 dwarf2out_var_location,
3660 dwarf2out_switch_text_section,
3661 1 /* start_end_main_source_file */
3665 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3666 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3667 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3669 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3670 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3671 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3672 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3674 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3675 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3677 typedef long int dw_offset;
3679 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3681 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3682 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3683 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3684 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3685 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct *dw_ranges_ref;
3687 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3688 line number associated with the label generated for that
3689 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3690 the line number entry. */
3692 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct GTY(())
3694 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3695 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3699 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3701 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct GTY(())
3703 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3704 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3705 unsigned long function;
3707 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3709 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3710 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3711 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3713 typedef struct dw_attr_struct GTY(())
3715 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3716 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3720 DEF_VEC_O(dw_attr_node);
3721 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(dw_attr_node,gc);
3723 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure. DIEs form a tree.
3724 The children of each node form a circular list linked by
3725 die_sib. die_child points to the node *before* the "first" child node. */
3727 typedef struct die_struct GTY(())
3729 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3731 VEC(dw_attr_node,gc) * die_attr;
3732 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3733 dw_die_ref die_child;
3735 dw_die_ref die_definition; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3736 dw_offset die_offset;
3737 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3739 /* Die is used and must not be pruned as unused. */
3740 int die_perennial_p;
3741 unsigned int decl_id;
3745 /* Evaluate 'expr' while 'c' is set to each child of DIE in order. */
3746 #define FOR_EACH_CHILD(die, c, expr) do { \
3747 c = die->die_child; \
3751 } while (c != die->die_child); \
3754 /* The pubname structure */
3756 typedef struct pubname_struct GTY(())
3763 DEF_VEC_O(pubname_entry);
3764 DEF_VEC_ALLOC_O(pubname_entry, gc);
3766 struct dw_ranges_struct GTY(())
3771 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3772 typedef struct limbo_die_struct GTY(())
3776 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3780 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3781 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3782 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3785 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3786 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3788 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3789 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3790 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3791 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3792 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3793 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3795 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3796 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3797 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3798 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3799 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3800 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3801 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3802 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3803 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3804 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3806 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3807 language, and compiler version. */
3809 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3810 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3811 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3813 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3814 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3816 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3817 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3818 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3819 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3820 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3822 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3823 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3824 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3825 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3826 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3827 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3829 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3830 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3831 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3832 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3834 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3838 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3839 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3840 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3842 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3843 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3845 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3846 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3848 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3849 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3850 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3851 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3852 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3854 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3855 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3856 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3857 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3860 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3861 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3863 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3864 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list;
3866 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3867 static GTY((param_is (struct dwarf_file_data))) htab_t file_table;
3869 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3870 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3871 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct))) htab_t decl_die_table;
3873 /* Node of the variable location list. */
3874 struct var_loc_node GTY ((chain_next ("%h.next")))
3876 rtx GTY (()) var_loc_note;
3877 const char * GTY (()) label;
3878 const char * GTY (()) section_label;
3879 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) next;
3882 /* Variable location list. */
3883 struct var_loc_list_def GTY (())
3885 struct var_loc_node * GTY (()) first;
3887 /* Do not mark the last element of the chained list because
3888 it is marked through the chain. */
3889 struct var_loc_node * GTY ((skip ("%h"))) last;
3891 /* DECL_UID of the variable decl. */
3892 unsigned int decl_id;
3894 typedef struct var_loc_list_def var_loc_list;
3897 /* Table of decl location linked lists. */
3898 static GTY ((param_is (var_loc_list))) htab_t decl_loc_table;
3900 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3901 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3902 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3903 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3904 dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3906 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3907 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3909 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3910 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3912 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3913 abbrev_die_table. */
3914 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3916 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3917 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3918 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3919 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3921 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3922 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3924 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3925 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3927 /* True if the compilation unit places functions in more than one section. */
3928 static GTY(()) bool have_multiple_function_sections = false;
3930 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3931 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3932 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3933 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3935 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3936 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3938 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3939 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3941 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3943 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3945 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3946 accessible names. */
3947 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubname_table;
3949 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3950 accessible types. */
3951 static GTY (()) VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * pubtype_table;
3953 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3954 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref *arange_table;
3956 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3957 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3959 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3960 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3962 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3964 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3966 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3967 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table;
3969 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3970 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated;
3972 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3973 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use;
3975 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3977 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3979 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3980 static GTY(()) bool have_location_lists;
3982 /* Unique label counter. */
3983 static GTY(()) unsigned int loclabel_num;
3985 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3986 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3987 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3989 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3990 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3993 /* The last file entry emitted by maybe_emit_file(). */
3994 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * last_emitted_file;
3996 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3997 static GTY(()) int label_num;
3999 /* Cached result of previous call to lookup_filename. */
4000 static GTY(()) struct dwarf_file_data * file_table_last_lookup;
4002 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
4004 /* Offset from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the frame base,
4005 within the current function. */
4006 static HOST_WIDE_INT frame_pointer_fb_offset;
4008 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
4010 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx);
4011 static tree type_main_variant (tree);
4012 static int is_tagged_type (tree);
4013 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
4014 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
4015 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
4016 static tree decl_ultimate_origin (tree);
4017 static tree block_ultimate_origin (tree);
4018 static tree decl_class_context (tree);
4019 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref);
4020 static inline enum dw_val_class AT_class (dw_attr_ref);
4021 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4022 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref);
4023 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4024 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT AT_int (dw_attr_ref);
4025 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4026 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref);
4027 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned long,
4029 static inline void add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned int,
4030 unsigned int, unsigned char *);
4031 static hashval_t debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
4032 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
4033 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4034 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref);
4035 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref);
4036 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_die_ref);
4037 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4038 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref (dw_attr_ref);
4039 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref);
4040 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref, int);
4041 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, unsigned);
4042 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, dw_loc_descr_ref);
4043 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc (dw_attr_ref);
4044 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4046 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref);
4047 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, rtx);
4048 static inline rtx AT_addr (dw_attr_ref);
4049 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4050 static void add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4051 static void add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, const char *);
4052 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4053 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT);
4054 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4056 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref);
4057 static dw_attr_ref get_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4058 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref);
4059 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref);
4060 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4061 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4062 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4063 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4064 static bool is_c_family (void);
4065 static bool is_cxx (void);
4066 static bool is_java (void);
4067 static bool is_fortran (void);
4068 static bool is_ada (void);
4069 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute);
4070 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_tag);
4071 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4072 static dw_die_ref new_die (enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref, tree);
4073 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die (tree);
4074 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4075 static hashval_t decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
4076 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4077 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die (tree);
4078 static hashval_t decl_loc_table_hash (const void *);
4079 static int decl_loc_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
4080 static var_loc_list *lookup_decl_loc (tree);
4081 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4082 static void add_var_loc_to_decl (tree, struct var_loc_node *);
4083 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
4084 static void print_die (dw_die_ref, FILE *);
4085 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
4086 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4087 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref);
4088 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *);
4089 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4090 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *, int *);
4091 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref, dw_loc_descr_ref, int *);
4092 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *, dw_val_node *, int *);
4093 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref, dw_attr_ref, int *);
4094 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref, int *);
4095 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4096 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref);
4097 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref);
4098 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref);
4099 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref);
4100 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref);
4101 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref);
4102 static hashval_t htab_cu_hash (const void *);
4103 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
4104 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
4105 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned *);
4106 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref, htab_t, unsigned);
4107 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref);
4108 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref);
4109 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref);
4110 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
4111 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref);
4112 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref);
4113 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4114 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4115 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref);
4116 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4117 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
4118 static enum dwarf_form value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4119 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref);
4120 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
4121 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref);
4122 static void output_die (dw_die_ref);
4123 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
4124 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref, int);
4125 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree, int);
4126 static void add_pubname (tree, dw_die_ref);
4127 static void add_pubtype (tree, dw_die_ref);
4128 static void output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry,gc) *);
4129 static void add_arange (tree, dw_die_ref);
4130 static void output_aranges (void);
4131 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree);
4132 static void output_ranges (void);
4133 static void output_line_info (void);
4134 static void output_file_names (void);
4135 static dw_die_ref base_type_die (tree);
4136 static tree root_type (tree);
4137 static int is_base_type (tree);
4138 static bool is_subrange_type (tree);
4139 static dw_die_ref subrange_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4140 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die (tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4141 static int type_is_enum (tree);
4142 static unsigned int dbx_reg_number (rtx);
4143 static void add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *, int);
4144 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor (rtx);
4145 static dw_loc_descr_ref one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
4146 static dw_loc_descr_ref multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4147 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT);
4148 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr (rtx, HOST_WIDE_INT);
4149 static int is_based_loc (rtx);
4150 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor (rtx, enum machine_mode mode);
4151 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor (rtx, rtx);
4152 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor (rtx);
4153 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree, int);
4154 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree);
4155 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int);
4156 static tree field_type (tree);
4157 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree);
4158 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree);
4159 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits (tree);
4160 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset (tree);
4161 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute,
4163 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4164 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, rtx);
4165 static void insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned, unsigned char *);
4166 static HOST_WIDE_INT extract_int (const unsigned char *, unsigned);
4167 static void insert_float (rtx, unsigned char *);
4168 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location (tree);
4169 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree,
4170 enum dwarf_attribute);
4171 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4172 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref, const char *);
4173 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref);
4174 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref, enum dwarf_attribute, tree);
4175 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref, tree);
4176 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4177 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4178 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4179 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4180 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4181 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4182 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4183 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref, tree);
4184 static void push_decl_scope (tree);
4185 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
4186 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for (tree, dw_die_ref);
4187 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4188 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref);
4189 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree, int, int, dw_die_ref);
4190 static void add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref, tree);
4191 static const char *type_tag (tree);
4192 static tree member_declared_type (tree);
4194 static const char *decl_start_label (tree);
4196 static void gen_array_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4198 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4200 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4201 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4202 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4203 static dw_die_ref gen_enumeration_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4204 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4205 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4206 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4207 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4208 static void gen_variable_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4209 static void gen_label_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4210 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4211 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4212 static void gen_field_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4213 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4214 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
4215 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4216 static void gen_member_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4217 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref,
4218 enum debug_info_usage);
4219 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4220 static void gen_typedef_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4221 static void gen_type_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4222 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4223 static void gen_block_die (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4224 static void decls_for_scope (tree, dw_die_ref, int);
4225 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree);
4226 static void gen_namespace_die (tree);
4227 static void gen_decl_die (tree, dw_die_ref);
4228 static dw_die_ref force_decl_die (tree);
4229 static dw_die_ref force_type_die (tree);
4230 static dw_die_ref setup_namespace_context (tree, dw_die_ref);
4231 static void declare_in_namespace (tree, dw_die_ref);
4232 static struct dwarf_file_data * lookup_filename (const char *);
4233 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
4234 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree, tree, dw_die_ref);
4235 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref);
4236 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
4237 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref, const char *,
4238 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
4239 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *, dw_loc_descr_ref,
4240 const char *, const char *,
4242 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref);
4243 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
4245 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref);
4246 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref, int);
4247 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref);
4248 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref);
4249 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref);
4250 static void prune_unused_types (void);
4251 static int maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data *fd);
4253 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
4254 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
4255 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
4257 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
4258 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
4260 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
4261 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
4263 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
4264 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
4266 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
4267 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
4269 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
4270 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
4272 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
4273 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
4275 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
4276 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
4278 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
4279 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
4282 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
4283 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
4284 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
4287 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
4288 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
4289 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
4290 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
4293 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
4294 the section names themselves. */
4296 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4297 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
4299 #ifndef COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
4300 #define COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext_cold"
4302 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
4303 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
4305 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
4306 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
4308 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
4309 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
4311 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
4312 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
4314 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
4315 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
4317 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
4318 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
4321 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
4322 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
4323 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
4324 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
4325 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
4327 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4328 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4329 static char cold_text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4330 static char cold_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4331 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4332 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4333 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4334 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4335 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4336 static char ranges_section_label[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
4338 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
4339 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
4341 #ifndef COLD_END_LABEL
4342 #define COLD_END_LABEL "Letext_cold"
4344 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
4345 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
4347 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
4348 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
4350 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
4351 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
4353 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
4354 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
4357 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
4358 called to "demangle" any name before it is put into a DIE. */
4360 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) (const char *);
4363 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func) (const char *))
4365 demangle_name_func = func;
4368 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
4371 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl)
4373 return ((REG_P (rtl) && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
4374 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
4375 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
4378 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
4382 type_main_variant (tree type)
4384 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4386 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
4387 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
4388 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
4389 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
4391 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
4392 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
4393 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
4398 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
4401 is_tagged_type (tree type)
4403 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
4405 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
4406 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
4409 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
4412 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag)
4416 case DW_TAG_padding:
4417 return "DW_TAG_padding";
4418 case DW_TAG_array_type:
4419 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
4420 case DW_TAG_class_type:
4421 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
4422 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
4423 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
4424 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
4425 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
4426 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
4427 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
4428 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
4429 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
4431 return "DW_TAG_label";
4432 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
4433 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
4435 return "DW_TAG_member";
4436 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
4437 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
4438 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
4439 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
4440 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
4441 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4442 case DW_TAG_string_type:
4443 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4444 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
4445 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4446 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
4447 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4448 case DW_TAG_typedef:
4449 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4450 case DW_TAG_union_type:
4451 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4452 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
4453 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4454 case DW_TAG_variant:
4455 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4456 case DW_TAG_common_block:
4457 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4458 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
4459 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4460 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
4461 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4462 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
4463 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4465 return "DW_TAG_module";
4466 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
4467 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4468 case DW_TAG_set_type:
4469 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4470 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
4471 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4472 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
4473 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4474 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
4475 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4476 case DW_TAG_base_type:
4477 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4478 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
4479 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4480 case DW_TAG_const_type:
4481 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4482 case DW_TAG_constant:
4483 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4484 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
4485 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4486 case DW_TAG_file_type:
4487 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4489 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4490 case DW_TAG_namelist:
4491 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4492 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
4493 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4494 case DW_TAG_namespace:
4495 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4496 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
4497 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4498 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
4499 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4500 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
4501 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4502 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
4503 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4504 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
4505 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4506 case DW_TAG_try_block:
4507 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4508 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
4509 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4510 case DW_TAG_variable:
4511 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4512 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
4513 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4514 case DW_TAG_imported_module:
4515 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4516 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
4517 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4518 case DW_TAG_format_label:
4519 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4520 case DW_TAG_function_template:
4521 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4522 case DW_TAG_class_template:
4523 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4524 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
4525 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4526 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
4527 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4529 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4533 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4536 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr)
4541 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4542 case DW_AT_location:
4543 return "DW_AT_location";
4545 return "DW_AT_name";
4546 case DW_AT_ordering:
4547 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4548 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
4549 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4550 case DW_AT_byte_size:
4551 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4552 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
4553 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4554 case DW_AT_bit_size:
4555 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4556 case DW_AT_element_list:
4557 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4558 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
4559 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4561 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4563 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4564 case DW_AT_language:
4565 return "DW_AT_language";
4567 return "DW_AT_member";
4569 return "DW_AT_discr";
4570 case DW_AT_discr_value:
4571 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4572 case DW_AT_visibility:
4573 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4575 return "DW_AT_import";
4576 case DW_AT_string_length:
4577 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4578 case DW_AT_common_reference:
4579 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4580 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
4581 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4582 case DW_AT_const_value:
4583 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4584 case DW_AT_containing_type:
4585 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4586 case DW_AT_default_value:
4587 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4589 return "DW_AT_inline";
4590 case DW_AT_is_optional:
4591 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4592 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
4593 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4594 case DW_AT_producer:
4595 return "DW_AT_producer";
4596 case DW_AT_prototyped:
4597 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4598 case DW_AT_return_addr:
4599 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4600 case DW_AT_start_scope:
4601 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4602 case DW_AT_stride_size:
4603 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4604 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
4605 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4606 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
4607 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4608 case DW_AT_accessibility:
4609 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4610 case DW_AT_address_class:
4611 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4612 case DW_AT_artificial:
4613 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4614 case DW_AT_base_types:
4615 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4616 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
4617 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4619 return "DW_AT_count";
4620 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
4621 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4622 case DW_AT_decl_column:
4623 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4624 case DW_AT_decl_file:
4625 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4626 case DW_AT_decl_line:
4627 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4628 case DW_AT_declaration:
4629 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4630 case DW_AT_discr_list:
4631 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4632 case DW_AT_encoding:
4633 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4634 case DW_AT_external:
4635 return "DW_AT_external";
4636 case DW_AT_frame_base:
4637 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4639 return "DW_AT_friend";
4640 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4641 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4642 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4643 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4644 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4645 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4646 case DW_AT_priority:
4647 return "DW_AT_priority";
4649 return "DW_AT_segment";
4650 case DW_AT_specification:
4651 return "DW_AT_specification";
4652 case DW_AT_static_link:
4653 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4655 return "DW_AT_type";
4656 case DW_AT_use_location:
4657 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4658 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4659 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4660 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4661 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4662 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4663 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4665 case DW_AT_allocated:
4666 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4667 case DW_AT_associated:
4668 return "DW_AT_associated";
4669 case DW_AT_data_location:
4670 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4672 return "DW_AT_stride";
4673 case DW_AT_entry_pc:
4674 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4675 case DW_AT_use_UTF8:
4676 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4677 case DW_AT_extension:
4678 return "DW_AT_extension";
4680 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4681 case DW_AT_trampoline:
4682 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4683 case DW_AT_call_column:
4684 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4685 case DW_AT_call_file:
4686 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4687 case DW_AT_call_line:
4688 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4690 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4691 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4692 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4693 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4694 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4695 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4696 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4697 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4698 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4699 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4700 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4701 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4702 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4703 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4704 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4705 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4706 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4707 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4708 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4709 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4710 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4711 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4713 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4714 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4715 case DW_AT_src_info:
4716 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4717 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4718 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4719 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4720 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4721 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4722 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4723 case DW_AT_body_end:
4724 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4725 case DW_AT_GNU_vector:
4726 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4728 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address:
4729 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4732 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4736 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4739 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form)
4744 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4745 case DW_FORM_block2:
4746 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4747 case DW_FORM_block4:
4748 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4750 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4752 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4754 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4755 case DW_FORM_string:
4756 return "DW_FORM_string";
4758 return "DW_FORM_block";
4759 case DW_FORM_block1:
4760 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4762 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4764 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4766 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4768 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4770 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4771 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4772 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4774 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4776 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4778 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4780 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4781 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4782 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4783 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4784 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4786 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4790 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4791 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4792 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4793 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4797 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl)
4799 if (!CODE_CONTAINS_STRUCT (TREE_CODE (decl), TS_DECL_COMMON))
4802 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4803 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4804 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4805 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4808 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4809 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4810 gcc_assert (!DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)));
4812 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4815 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4816 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4817 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4818 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4822 block_ultimate_origin (tree block)
4824 tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4826 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4827 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4828 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4829 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4832 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4837 tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4841 ret_val = lookahead;
4842 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK
4843 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val) : NULL);
4845 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4847 /* The block's abstract origin chain may not be the *ultimate* origin of
4848 the block. It could lead to a DECL that has an abstract origin set.
4849 If so, we want that DECL's abstract origin (which is what DECL_ORIGIN
4850 will give us if it has one). Note that DECL's abstract origins are
4851 supposed to be the most distant ancestor (or so decl_ultimate_origin
4852 claims), so we don't need to loop following the DECL origins. */
4853 if (DECL_P (ret_val))
4854 return DECL_ORIGIN (ret_val);
4860 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4861 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4865 decl_class_context (tree decl)
4867 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4869 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4870 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4872 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4873 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4875 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4876 context = NULL_TREE;
4881 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. */
4884 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die, dw_attr_ref attr)
4886 /* Maybe this should be an assert? */
4890 if (die->die_attr == NULL)
4891 die->die_attr = VEC_alloc (dw_attr_node, gc, 1);
4892 VEC_safe_push (dw_attr_node, gc, die->die_attr, attr);
4895 static inline enum dw_val_class
4896 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a)
4898 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4901 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4904 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int flag)
4908 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4909 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4910 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4911 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4914 static inline unsigned
4915 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a)
4917 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag);
4918 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4921 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4924 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val)
4928 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4929 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4930 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4931 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4934 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4935 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a)
4937 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const);
4938 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4941 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4944 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val)
4949 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4950 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4951 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4952 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4955 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4956 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a)
4958 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const);
4959 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4962 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4965 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4966 long unsigned int val_hi, long unsigned int val_low)
4970 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4971 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4972 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4973 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4974 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4977 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4980 add_AT_vec (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
4981 unsigned int length, unsigned int elt_size, unsigned char *array)
4985 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
4986 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_vec;
4987 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length = length;
4988 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size = elt_size;
4989 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array = array;
4990 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
4993 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4996 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x)
4998 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node *)x)->str);
5002 debug_str_eq (const void *x1, const void *x2)
5004 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node *)x1)->str),
5005 (const char *)x2) == 0;
5008 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
5011 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *str)
5014 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5017 if (! debug_str_hash)
5018 debug_str_hash = htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash,
5019 debug_str_eq, NULL);
5021 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, str,
5022 htab_hash_string (str), INSERT);
5024 *slot = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node));
5025 node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *slot;
5026 node->str = ggc_strdup (str);
5029 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5030 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
5031 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_str = node;
5032 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5035 static inline const char *
5036 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a)
5038 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5039 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str;
5042 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
5043 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
5046 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a)
5048 struct indirect_string_node *node;
5052 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str);
5054 node = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
5058 len = strlen (node->str) + 1;
5060 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
5061 always better to put it inline. */
5062 if (len <= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE || node->refcount == 0)
5063 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5065 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
5066 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
5068 if ((debug_str_section->common.flags & SECTION_MERGE) == 0
5069 && (len - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE) * node->refcount <= len)
5070 return node->form = DW_FORM_string;
5072 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LASF", dw2_string_counter);
5073 ++dw2_string_counter;
5074 node->label = xstrdup (label);
5076 return node->form = DW_FORM_strp;
5079 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5082 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5086 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5087 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
5088 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
5089 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
5090 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5093 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
5094 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
5097 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref targ_die)
5099 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_specification, targ_die);
5100 gcc_assert (!targ_die->die_definition);
5101 targ_die->die_definition = die;
5104 static inline dw_die_ref
5105 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a)
5107 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5108 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
5112 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a)
5114 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
5115 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
5121 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a, int i)
5123 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref);
5124 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
5127 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
5130 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, unsigned int targ_fde)
5134 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5135 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
5136 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
5137 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5140 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
5143 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_descr_ref loc)
5147 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5148 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
5149 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
5150 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5153 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
5154 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a)
5156 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
5157 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
5161 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list)
5165 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5166 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
5167 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
5168 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5169 have_location_lists = true;
5172 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5173 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a)
5175 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list);
5176 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
5179 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
5182 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, rtx addr)
5186 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5187 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
5188 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
5189 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5192 /* Get the RTX from to an address DIE attribute. */
5195 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a)
5197 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr);
5198 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
5201 /* Add a file attribute value to a DIE. */
5204 add_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5205 struct dwarf_file_data *fd)
5209 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5210 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_file;
5211 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_file = fd;
5212 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5215 /* Get the dwarf_file_data from a file DIE attribute. */
5217 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5218 AT_file (dw_attr_ref a)
5220 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_file);
5221 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file;
5224 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
5227 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind, const char *lbl_id)
5231 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5232 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
5233 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
5234 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5237 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5238 debug_line section. */
5241 add_AT_lineptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5246 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5247 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lineptr;
5248 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5249 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5252 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE, an offset into the
5253 debug_macinfo section. */
5256 add_AT_macptr (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5261 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5262 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_macptr;
5263 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
5264 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5267 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
5270 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5271 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
5275 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5276 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_offset;
5277 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5278 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5281 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
5284 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
5285 long unsigned int offset)
5289 attr.dw_attr = attr_kind;
5290 attr.dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_range_list;
5291 attr.dw_attr_val.v.val_offset = offset;
5292 add_dwarf_attr (die, &attr);
5295 static inline const char *
5296 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a)
5298 gcc_assert (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
5299 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lineptr
5300 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_macptr));
5301 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
5304 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
5307 get_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5311 dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
5316 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5317 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5319 else if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
5320 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
5324 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
5329 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5330 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5331 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5333 static inline const char *
5334 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5336 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
5338 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5341 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
5342 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
5343 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
5345 static inline const char *
5346 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die)
5348 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
5350 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
5353 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
5354 NULL if it is not present. */
5356 static inline const char *
5357 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5359 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5361 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
5364 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
5365 if it is not present. */
5368 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5370 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5372 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
5375 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
5376 if it is not present. */
5378 static inline unsigned
5379 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5381 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5383 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
5386 static inline dw_die_ref
5387 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5389 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5391 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
5394 static inline struct dwarf_file_data *
5395 get_AT_file (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5397 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
5399 return a ? AT_file (a) : NULL;
5402 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
5407 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5409 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89 || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC
5410 || lang == DW_LANG_C99
5411 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus);
5414 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
5419 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5421 return lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus || lang == DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
5424 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
5429 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5431 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77
5432 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90
5433 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran95);
5436 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5441 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5443 return lang == DW_LANG_Java;
5446 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5451 unsigned int lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
5453 return lang == DW_LANG_Ada95 || lang == DW_LANG_Ada83;
5456 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5459 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind)
5467 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5468 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
5470 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
5471 if (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount)
5472 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount--;
5474 /* VEC_ordered_remove should help reduce the number of abbrevs
5476 VEC_ordered_remove (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix);
5481 /* Remove CHILD from its parent. PREV must have the property that
5482 PREV->DIE_SIB == CHILD. Does not alter CHILD. */
5485 remove_child_with_prev (dw_die_ref child, dw_die_ref prev)
5487 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == prev->die_parent);
5488 gcc_assert (prev->die_sib == child);
5491 gcc_assert (child->die_parent->die_child == child);
5495 prev->die_sib = child->die_sib;
5496 if (child->die_parent->die_child == child)
5497 child->die_parent->die_child = prev;
5500 /* Remove child DIE whose die_tag is TAG. Do nothing if no child
5504 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_tag tag)
5510 dw_die_ref prev = c;
5512 while (c->die_tag == tag)
5514 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
5515 /* Might have removed every child. */
5516 if (c == c->die_sib)
5520 } while (c != die->die_child);
5523 /* Add a CHILD_DIE as the last child of DIE. */
5526 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die, dw_die_ref child_die)
5528 /* FIXME this should probably be an assert. */
5529 if (! die || ! child_die)
5531 gcc_assert (die != child_die);
5533 child_die->die_parent = die;
5536 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child->die_sib;
5537 die->die_child->die_sib = child_die;
5540 child_die->die_sib = child_die;
5541 die->die_child = child_die;
5544 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5545 is the specification, to the end of PARENT's list of children.
5546 This is done by removing and re-adding it. */
5549 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent, dw_die_ref child)
5553 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5554 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5555 if (child->die_parent != parent)
5557 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
5563 gcc_assert (child->die_parent == parent
5564 || (child->die_parent
5565 == get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification)));
5567 for (p = child->die_parent->die_child; ; p = p->die_sib)
5568 if (p->die_sib == child)
5570 remove_child_with_prev (child, p);
5574 add_child_die (parent, child);
5577 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5579 static inline dw_die_ref
5580 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value, dw_die_ref parent_die, tree t)
5582 dw_die_ref die = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node));
5584 die->die_tag = tag_value;
5586 if (parent_die != NULL)
5587 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
5590 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
5592 limbo_node = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
5593 limbo_node->die = die;
5594 limbo_node->created_for = t;
5595 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
5596 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
5602 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5604 static inline dw_die_ref
5605 lookup_type_die (tree type)
5607 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type);
5610 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5613 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type, dw_die_ref type_die)
5615 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type) = type_die;
5618 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5621 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x)
5623 return (hashval_t) ((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id;
5626 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5629 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5631 return (((const dw_die_ref) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5634 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5636 static inline dw_die_ref
5637 lookup_decl_die (tree decl)
5639 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5642 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a var_loc_list). */
5645 decl_loc_table_hash (const void *x)
5647 return (hashval_t) ((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id;
5650 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of var_loc_list X is the same as
5654 decl_loc_table_eq (const void *x, const void *y)
5656 return (((const var_loc_list *) x)->decl_id == DECL_UID ((const tree) y));
5659 /* Return the var_loc list associated with a given declaration. */
5661 static inline var_loc_list *
5662 lookup_decl_loc (tree decl)
5664 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, DECL_UID (decl));
5667 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5670 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref decl_die)
5672 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5675 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5677 decl_die->decl_id = decl_id;
5680 /* Add a variable location node to the linked list for DECL. */
5683 add_var_loc_to_decl (tree decl, struct var_loc_node *loc)
5685 unsigned int decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
5689 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_loc_table, decl, decl_id, INSERT);
5692 temp = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (var_loc_list));
5693 temp->decl_id = decl_id;
5701 /* If the current location is the same as the end of the list,
5702 we have nothing to do. */
5703 if (!rtx_equal_p (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (temp->last->var_loc_note),
5704 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note)))
5706 /* Add LOC to the end of list and update LAST. */
5707 temp->last->next = loc;
5711 /* Do not add empty location to the beginning of the list. */
5712 else if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
5719 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5720 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5721 the DIE internal representation. */
5722 static int print_indent;
5724 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5727 print_spaces (FILE *outfile)
5729 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
5732 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5733 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5736 print_die (dw_die_ref die, FILE *outfile)
5742 print_spaces (outfile);
5743 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4ld: %s\n",
5744 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
5745 print_spaces (outfile);
5746 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
5747 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %ld\n", die->die_offset);
5749 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
5751 print_spaces (outfile);
5752 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5754 switch (AT_class (a))
5756 case dw_val_class_addr:
5757 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5759 case dw_val_class_offset:
5760 fprintf (outfile, "offset");
5762 case dw_val_class_loc:
5763 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5765 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5766 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s",
5767 AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5769 case dw_val_class_range_list:
5770 fprintf (outfile, "range list");
5772 case dw_val_class_const:
5773 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC, AT_int (a));
5775 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5776 fprintf (outfile, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED, AT_unsigned (a));
5778 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5779 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5780 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5781 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5783 case dw_val_class_vec:
5784 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point or vector constant");
5786 case dw_val_class_flag:
5787 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5789 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5790 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5792 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5793 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5795 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %ld", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5798 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5800 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5801 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5802 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5803 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5805 case dw_val_class_str:
5806 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5807 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5809 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5811 case dw_val_class_file:
5812 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\" (%d)", AT_file (a)->filename,
5813 AT_file (a)->emitted_number);
5819 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5822 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5825 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, print_die (c, outfile));
5828 if (print_indent == 0)
5829 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5832 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5833 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5836 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile)
5839 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5841 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5842 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; i++)
5844 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5845 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: %4ld %6ld\n", i,
5846 line_info->dw_file_num,
5847 line_info->dw_line_num);
5850 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5853 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5856 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die)
5858 print_die (die, stderr);
5861 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5862 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5868 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5869 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5870 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5873 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5874 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5875 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5878 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit, dw_die_ref bincl_die)
5880 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5881 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5883 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5887 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5890 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit)
5892 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5894 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5898 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5899 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5901 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5904 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc, struct md5_ctx *ctx)
5906 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5907 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5908 CHECKSUM (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5911 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5914 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5916 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5919 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr);
5921 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
5922 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5923 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5926 switch (AT_class (at))
5928 case dw_val_class_const:
5929 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5931 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5932 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5934 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5935 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5937 case dw_val_class_vec:
5938 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec);
5940 case dw_val_class_flag:
5941 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5943 case dw_val_class_str:
5944 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at));
5947 case dw_val_class_addr:
5949 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r) == SYMBOL_REF);
5950 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5953 case dw_val_class_offset:
5954 CHECKSUM (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
5957 case dw_val_class_loc:
5958 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5959 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5962 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5963 die_checksum (AT_ref (at), ctx, mark);
5966 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5967 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5968 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
5969 case dw_val_class_macptr:
5972 case dw_val_class_file:
5973 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_file (at)->filename);
5981 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5984 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die, struct md5_ctx *ctx, int *mark)
5990 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5993 CHECKSUM (die->die_mark);
5996 die->die_mark = ++(*mark);
5998 CHECKSUM (die->die_tag);
6000 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6001 attr_checksum (a, ctx, mark);
6003 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, die_checksum (c, ctx, mark));
6007 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
6009 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
6011 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2, int *mark)
6013 return loc1->dw_loc_opc == loc2->dw_loc_opc
6014 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd1, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd1, mark)
6015 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1->dw_loc_oprnd2, &loc2->dw_loc_oprnd2, mark);
6018 /* Do the values look the same? */
6020 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node *v1, dw_val_node *v2, int *mark)
6022 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1, loc2;
6025 if (v1->val_class != v2->val_class)
6028 switch (v1->val_class)
6030 case dw_val_class_const:
6031 return v1->v.val_int == v2->v.val_int;
6032 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6033 return v1->v.val_unsigned == v2->v.val_unsigned;
6034 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6035 return v1->v.val_long_long.hi == v2->v.val_long_long.hi
6036 && v1->v.val_long_long.low == v2->v.val_long_long.low;
6037 case dw_val_class_vec:
6038 if (v1->v.val_vec.length != v2->v.val_vec.length
6039 || v1->v.val_vec.elt_size != v2->v.val_vec.elt_size)
6041 if (memcmp (v1->v.val_vec.array, v2->v.val_vec.array,
6042 v1->v.val_vec.length * v1->v.val_vec.elt_size))
6045 case dw_val_class_flag:
6046 return v1->v.val_flag == v2->v.val_flag;
6047 case dw_val_class_str:
6048 return !strcmp(v1->v.val_str->str, v2->v.val_str->str);
6050 case dw_val_class_addr:
6051 r1 = v1->v.val_addr;
6052 r2 = v2->v.val_addr;
6053 if (GET_CODE (r1) != GET_CODE (r2))
6055 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (r1) == SYMBOL_REF);
6056 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1, 0), XSTR (r2, 0));
6058 case dw_val_class_offset:
6059 return v1->v.val_offset == v2->v.val_offset;
6061 case dw_val_class_loc:
6062 for (loc1 = v1->v.val_loc, loc2 = v2->v.val_loc;
6064 loc1 = loc1->dw_loc_next, loc2 = loc2->dw_loc_next)
6065 if (!same_loc_p (loc1, loc2, mark))
6067 return !loc1 && !loc2;
6069 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6070 return same_die_p (v1->v.val_die_ref.die, v2->v.val_die_ref.die, mark);
6072 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6073 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6074 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6075 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6078 case dw_val_class_file:
6079 return v1->v.val_file == v2->v.val_file;
6086 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
6089 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1, dw_attr_ref at2, int *mark)
6091 if (at1->dw_attr != at2->dw_attr)
6094 /* We don't care that this was compiled with a different compiler
6095 snapshot; if the output is the same, that's what matters. */
6096 if (at1->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
6099 return same_dw_val_p (&at1->dw_attr_val, &at2->dw_attr_val, mark);
6102 /* Do the dies look the same? */
6105 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2, int *mark)
6111 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
6113 return die1->die_mark == die2->die_mark;
6114 die1->die_mark = die2->die_mark = ++(*mark);
6116 if (die1->die_tag != die2->die_tag)
6119 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr)
6120 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr))
6123 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die1->die_attr, ix, a1); ix++)
6124 if (!same_attr_p (a1, VEC_index (dw_attr_node, die2->die_attr, ix), mark))
6127 c1 = die1->die_child;
6128 c2 = die2->die_child;
6137 if (!same_die_p (c1, c2, mark))
6141 if (c1 == die1->die_child)
6143 if (c2 == die2->die_child)
6153 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
6156 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1, dw_die_ref die2)
6159 int ret = same_die_p (die1, die2, &mark);
6161 unmark_all_dies (die1);
6162 unmark_all_dies (die2);
6167 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
6169 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
6171 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
6172 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
6174 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
6175 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
6178 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die)
6180 const char *die_name = get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name);
6181 const char *base = die_name ? lbasename (die_name) : "anonymous";
6182 char *name = alloca (strlen (base) + 64);
6185 unsigned char checksum[16];
6188 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
6189 the name filename of the unit. */
6191 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
6193 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx, &mark);
6194 unmark_all_dies (unit_die);
6195 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
6197 sprintf (name, "%s.", base);
6198 clean_symbol_name (name);
6200 p = name + strlen (name);
6201 for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
6203 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
6207 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
6208 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
6211 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
6214 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die)
6216 switch (die->die_tag)
6218 case DW_TAG_array_type:
6219 case DW_TAG_class_type:
6220 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
6221 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
6222 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
6223 case DW_TAG_string_type:
6224 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
6225 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
6226 case DW_TAG_union_type:
6227 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
6228 case DW_TAG_set_type:
6229 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
6230 case DW_TAG_base_type:
6231 case DW_TAG_const_type:
6232 case DW_TAG_file_type:
6233 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
6234 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
6235 case DW_TAG_typedef:
6242 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
6243 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
6244 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
6245 compilations (functions). */
6248 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c)
6250 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
6251 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
6252 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
6253 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
6255 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
6258 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
6259 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
6260 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
6261 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
6263 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
6265 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
6268 return is_type_die (c);
6271 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
6272 compilation unit. */
6275 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c)
6277 return (is_type_die (c)
6278 || (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
6279 && !get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
6280 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
6284 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix)
6288 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
6289 return xstrdup (buf);
6292 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
6295 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die)
6299 if (is_symbol_die (die))
6301 if (comdat_symbol_id)
6303 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
6305 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
6306 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
6307 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
6310 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
6313 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, assign_symbol_names (c));
6316 struct cu_hash_table_entry
6319 unsigned min_comdat_num, max_comdat_num;
6320 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next;
6323 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
6325 htab_cu_hash (const void *of)
6327 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry = of;
6329 return htab_hash_string (entry->cu->die_symbol);
6333 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1, const void *of2)
6335 const struct cu_hash_table_entry *entry1 = of1;
6336 const struct die_struct *entry2 = of2;
6338 return !strcmp (entry1->cu->die_symbol, entry2->die_symbol);
6342 htab_cu_del (void *what)
6344 struct cu_hash_table_entry *next, *entry = what;
6354 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
6357 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int *sym_num)
6359 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy;
6360 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry, *last = &dummy;
6362 dummy.max_comdat_num = 0;
6364 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6365 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6369 for (; entry; last = entry, entry = entry->next)
6371 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu, entry->cu))
6377 *sym_num = entry->min_comdat_num;
6381 entry = XCNEW (struct cu_hash_table_entry);
6383 entry->min_comdat_num = *sym_num = last->max_comdat_num;
6384 entry->next = *slot;
6390 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
6392 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu, htab_t htable, unsigned int sym_num)
6394 struct cu_hash_table_entry **slot, *entry;
6396 slot = (struct cu_hash_table_entry **)
6397 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable, cu, htab_hash_string (cu->die_symbol),
6401 entry->max_comdat_num = sym_num;
6404 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
6405 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
6406 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
6409 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die)
6412 dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
6413 limbo_die_node *node, **pnode;
6414 htab_t cu_hash_table;
6418 dw_die_ref prev = c;
6420 while (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
6421 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
6423 dw_die_ref next = c->die_sib;
6425 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
6426 remove_child_with_prev (c, prev);
6428 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
6429 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
6430 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
6431 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
6433 add_child_die (unit, c);
6435 if (c == die->die_child)
6438 } while (c != die->die_child);
6441 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6442 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6446 assign_symbol_names (die);
6447 cu_hash_table = htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash, htab_cu_eq, htab_cu_del);
6448 for (node = limbo_die_list, pnode = &limbo_die_list;
6454 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
6455 is_dupl = check_duplicate_cu (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6456 &comdat_symbol_number);
6457 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
6459 *pnode = node->next;
6462 pnode = &node->next;
6463 record_comdat_symbol_number (node->die, cu_hash_table,
6464 comdat_symbol_number);
6467 htab_delete (cu_hash_table);
6470 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6471 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6472 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6475 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die)
6479 if (! die->die_child)
6482 if (die->die_parent && die != die->die_parent->die_child)
6483 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
6485 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, add_sibling_attributes (c));
6488 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6491 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die)
6497 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6498 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
6499 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (a));
6501 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_location_lists (c));
6504 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6505 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6506 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6507 die are visited recursively. */
6510 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die)
6512 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6513 unsigned int n_alloc;
6518 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6519 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6520 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6521 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6522 && AT_ref (a)->die_mark == 0)
6524 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
6526 set_AT_ref_external (a, 1);
6529 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6531 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6532 dw_attr_ref die_a, abbrev_a;
6536 if (abbrev->die_tag != die->die_tag)
6538 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) != (die->die_child != NULL))
6541 if (VEC_length (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr)
6542 != VEC_length (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr))
6545 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, die_a); ix++)
6547 abbrev_a = VEC_index (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix);
6548 if ((abbrev_a->dw_attr != die_a->dw_attr)
6549 || (value_format (abbrev_a) != value_format (die_a)))
6559 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
6561 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
6563 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6564 abbrev_die_table = ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table,
6565 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
6567 memset (&abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
6568 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6569 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
6572 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
6573 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
6576 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
6577 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, build_abbrev_table (c));
6580 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6583 constant_size (long unsigned int value)
6590 log = floor_log2 (value);
6593 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
6598 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6599 .debug_info section. */
6601 static unsigned long
6602 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die)
6604 unsigned long size = 0;
6608 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
6609 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6611 switch (AT_class (a))
6613 case dw_val_class_addr:
6614 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6616 case dw_val_class_offset:
6617 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6619 case dw_val_class_loc:
6621 unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6624 size += constant_size (lsize);
6628 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6629 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6631 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6632 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6634 case dw_val_class_const:
6635 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
6637 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6638 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
6640 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6641 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
6643 case dw_val_class_vec:
6644 size += 1 + (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length
6645 * a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size); /* block */
6647 case dw_val_class_flag:
6650 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6651 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6652 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6654 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6656 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6657 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6659 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6660 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6662 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6663 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6664 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6666 case dw_val_class_str:
6667 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
6668 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6670 size += strlen (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->str) + 1;
6672 case dw_val_class_file:
6673 size += constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file));
6683 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6684 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6685 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6686 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6689 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die)
6693 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
6694 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
6696 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, calc_die_sizes (c));
6698 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6699 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6700 next_die_offset += 1;
6703 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6704 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6705 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6706 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6709 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6713 gcc_assert (!die->die_mark);
6716 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, mark_dies (c));
6719 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6722 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6726 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
6729 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_dies (c));
6732 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6735 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die)
6745 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, unmark_all_dies (c));
6747 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
6748 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
6749 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a));
6752 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames or .debug_pubtypes table
6753 generated for the compilation unit. */
6755 static unsigned long
6756 size_of_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
6762 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
6763 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, p); i++)
6764 if (names != pubtype_table
6765 || p->die->die_offset != 0
6766 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
6767 size += strlen (p->name) + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 1;
6769 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
6773 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6775 static unsigned long
6776 size_of_aranges (void)
6780 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
6782 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6783 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6784 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
6786 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6787 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
6791 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6793 static enum dwarf_form
6794 value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6796 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
6798 case dw_val_class_addr:
6799 return DW_FORM_addr;
6800 case dw_val_class_range_list:
6801 case dw_val_class_offset:
6802 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6803 switch (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
6806 return DW_FORM_data4;
6808 return DW_FORM_data8;
6812 case dw_val_class_loc:
6813 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
6816 return DW_FORM_block1;
6818 return DW_FORM_block2;
6822 case dw_val_class_const:
6823 return DW_FORM_sdata;
6824 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6825 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
6828 return DW_FORM_data1;
6830 return DW_FORM_data2;
6832 return DW_FORM_data4;
6834 return DW_FORM_data8;
6838 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6839 return DW_FORM_block1;
6840 case dw_val_class_vec:
6841 return DW_FORM_block1;
6842 case dw_val_class_flag:
6843 return DW_FORM_flag;
6844 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6845 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6846 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
6849 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6850 return DW_FORM_data;
6851 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6852 return DW_FORM_addr;
6853 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
6854 case dw_val_class_macptr:
6855 return DW_FORM_data;
6856 case dw_val_class_str:
6857 return AT_string_form (a);
6858 case dw_val_class_file:
6859 switch (constant_size (maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file)))
6862 return DW_FORM_data1;
6864 return DW_FORM_data2;
6866 return DW_FORM_data4;
6876 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6879 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a)
6881 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
6883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
6886 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6890 output_abbrev_section (void)
6892 unsigned long abbrev_id;
6894 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
6896 dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
6900 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
6901 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
6902 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
6904 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
6905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
6907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
6909 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, abbrev->die_attr, ix, a_attr);
6912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
6913 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
6914 output_value_format (a_attr);
6917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6921 /* Terminate the table. */
6922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
6925 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6928 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die)
6930 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
6935 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
6936 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6937 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6939 targetm.asm_out.globalize_label (asm_out_file, sym);
6941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
6944 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6945 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6946 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6948 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6949 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr, const char *begin, const char *end,
6950 const char *section, unsigned int gensym)
6952 dw_loc_list_ref retlist = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
6954 retlist->begin = begin;
6956 retlist->expr = expr;
6957 retlist->section = section;
6959 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6964 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6967 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref *list_head, dw_loc_descr_ref descr,
6968 const char *begin, const char *end,
6969 const char *section)
6973 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6974 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
6977 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6978 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
6982 dwarf2out_switch_text_section (void)
6988 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
6989 fde->dw_fde_switched_sections = true;
6990 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_label = cfun->hot_section_label;
6991 fde->dw_fde_hot_section_end_label = cfun->hot_section_end_label;
6992 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
6993 fde->dw_fde_unlikely_section_end_label = cfun->cold_section_end_label;
6994 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
6996 /* Reset the current label on switching text sections, so that we
6997 don't attempt to advance_loc4 between labels in different sections. */
6998 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
7001 /* Output the location list given to us. */
7004 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head)
7006 dw_loc_list_ref curr = list_head;
7008 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
7010 /* Walk the location list, and output each range + expression. */
7011 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr = curr->dw_loc_next)
7014 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7016 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
7017 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7018 list_head->ll_symbol);
7019 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
7020 "Location list end address (%s)",
7021 list_head->ll_symbol);
7025 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin,
7026 "Location list begin address (%s)",
7027 list_head->ll_symbol);
7028 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end,
7029 "Location list end address (%s)",
7030 list_head->ll_symbol);
7032 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
7034 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7035 gcc_assert (size <= 0xffff);
7036 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size, "%s", "Location expression size");
7038 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
7041 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7042 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
7043 list_head->ll_symbol);
7044 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0,
7045 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
7046 list_head->ll_symbol);
7049 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
7050 the definitions of each child DIE. */
7053 output_die (dw_die_ref die)
7060 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
7061 them to point to. */
7062 if (die->die_symbol)
7063 output_die_symbol (die);
7065 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
7066 (unsigned long)die->die_offset,
7067 dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
7069 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
7071 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
7073 switch (AT_class (a))
7075 case dw_val_class_addr:
7076 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
7079 case dw_val_class_offset:
7080 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset,
7084 case dw_val_class_range_list:
7086 char *p = strchr (ranges_section_label, '\0');
7088 sprintf (p, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX,
7089 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_offset);
7090 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, ranges_section_label,
7091 debug_ranges_section, "%s", name);
7096 case dw_val_class_loc:
7097 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
7099 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
7100 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
7102 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
7105 case dw_val_class_const:
7106 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
7107 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
7108 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
7109 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
7112 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
7113 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
7114 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
7117 case dw_val_class_long_long:
7119 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
7121 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
7122 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7125 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
7127 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7128 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7132 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
7133 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
7136 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7137 first, "long long constant");
7138 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG / HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
7143 case dw_val_class_vec:
7145 unsigned int elt_size = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.elt_size;
7146 unsigned int len = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.length;
7150 dw2_asm_output_data (1, len * elt_size, "%s", name);
7151 if (elt_size > sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
7156 for (i = 0, p = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_vec.array;
7159 dw2_asm_output_data (elt_size, extract_int (p, elt_size),
7160 "fp or vector constant word %u", i);
7164 case dw_val_class_flag:
7165 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
7168 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
7170 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
7173 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, debug_loc_section,
7178 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
7179 if (AT_ref_external (a))
7181 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
7184 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, debug_info_section,
7189 gcc_assert (AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
7190 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
7195 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
7199 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
7200 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
7201 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, debug_frame_section,
7206 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
7207 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
7210 case dw_val_class_lineptr:
7211 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7212 debug_line_section, "%s", name);
7215 case dw_val_class_macptr:
7216 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a),
7217 debug_macinfo_section, "%s", name);
7220 case dw_val_class_str:
7221 if (AT_string_form (a) == DW_FORM_strp)
7222 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7223 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->label,
7225 "%s: \"%s\"", name, AT_string (a));
7227 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
7230 case dw_val_class_file:
7232 int f = maybe_emit_file (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file);
7234 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (f), f, "%s (%s)", name,
7235 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_file->filename);
7244 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, output_die (c));
7246 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
7247 if (die->die_child != NULL)
7248 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
7249 (unsigned long) die->die_offset);
7252 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
7253 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
7256 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
7258 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7259 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7260 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7261 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
7262 next_die_offset - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE,
7263 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
7264 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
7265 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
7266 debug_abbrev_section,
7267 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
7268 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
7271 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
7274 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die, int output_if_empty)
7276 const char *secname;
7279 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
7280 if (!output_if_empty && die->die_child == NULL)
7283 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
7284 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
7285 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
7286 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
7287 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
7290 build_abbrev_table (die);
7292 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
7293 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
7294 calc_die_sizes (die);
7296 oldsym = die->die_symbol;
7299 tmp = alloca (strlen (oldsym) + 24);
7301 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym);
7303 die->die_symbol = NULL;
7304 switch_to_section (get_section (secname, SECTION_DEBUG, NULL));
7307 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
7309 /* Output debugging information. */
7310 output_compilation_unit_header ();
7313 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
7318 die->die_symbol = oldsym;
7322 /* Return the DWARF2/3 pubname associated with a decl. */
7325 dwarf2_name (tree decl, int scope)
7327 return lang_hooks.dwarf_name (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
7330 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
7333 add_pubname (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7337 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
7341 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7342 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubname_table, &e);
7345 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubtypes if appropriate. */
7348 add_pubtype (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7353 if ((TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
7354 || die->die_parent == comp_unit_die)
7355 && (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_typedef || COMPLETE_TYPE_P (decl)))
7360 if (TYPE_NAME (decl))
7362 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
7363 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) IDENTIFIER_POINTER
7364 (TYPE_NAME (decl)));
7365 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (decl)) == TYPE_DECL
7366 && DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl)))
7367 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) IDENTIFIER_POINTER
7368 (DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (decl))));
7370 e.name = xstrdup ((const char *) get_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name));
7374 e.name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
7376 /* If we don't have a name for the type, there's no point in adding
7378 if (e.name && e.name[0] != '\0')
7379 VEC_safe_push (pubname_entry, gc, pubtype_table, &e);
7383 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
7384 visible names; or the public types table used to find type definitions. */
7387 output_pubnames (VEC (pubname_entry, gc) * names)
7390 unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames (names);
7393 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7394 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7395 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7396 if (names == pubname_table)
7397 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7398 "Length of Public Names Info");
7400 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
7401 "Length of Public Type Names Info");
7402 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7403 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7405 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7406 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
7407 "Compilation Unit Length");
7409 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, names, i, pub); i++)
7411 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7412 if (names == pubname_table)
7413 gcc_assert (pub->die->die_mark);
7415 if (names != pubtype_table
7416 || pub->die->die_offset != 0
7417 || !flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
7419 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
7422 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
7426 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7429 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
7432 add_arange (tree decl, dw_die_ref die)
7434 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
7437 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
7439 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7440 arange_table = ggc_realloc (arange_table,
7441 (arange_table_allocated
7442 * sizeof (dw_die_ref)));
7443 memset (arange_table + arange_table_in_use, 0,
7444 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
7447 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
7450 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
7451 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
7452 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
7455 output_aranges (void)
7458 unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
7460 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7461 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7462 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7463 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
7464 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
7465 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7466 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
7468 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
7469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
7470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
7472 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
7473 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
7475 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
7477 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
7478 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7479 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
7480 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
7483 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
7484 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
7485 text_section_label, "Length");
7486 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
7488 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_text_section_label,
7490 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, cold_end_label,
7491 cold_text_section_label, "Length");
7494 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
7496 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
7498 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
7499 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
7501 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
7503 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
7505 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
7506 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
7510 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
7511 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
7512 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
7513 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
7514 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
7516 gcc_assert (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc);
7519 gcc_assert (loc->dw_loc_opc == DW_OP_addr);
7521 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7522 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
7523 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
7524 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
7529 /* Output the terminator words. */
7530 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7531 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7534 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7538 add_ranges (tree block)
7540 unsigned int in_use = ranges_table_in_use;
7542 if (in_use == ranges_table_allocated)
7544 ranges_table_allocated += RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT;
7546 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table, (ranges_table_allocated
7547 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct)));
7548 memset (ranges_table + ranges_table_in_use, 0,
7549 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct));
7552 ranges_table[in_use].block_num = (block ? BLOCK_NUMBER (block) : 0);
7553 ranges_table_in_use = in_use + 1;
7555 return in_use * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
7559 output_ranges (void)
7562 static const char *const start_fmt = "Offset 0x%x";
7563 const char *fmt = start_fmt;
7565 for (i = 0; i < ranges_table_in_use; i++)
7567 int block_num = ranges_table[i].block_num;
7571 char blabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7572 char elabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7574 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, block_num);
7575 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel, BLOCK_END_LABEL, block_num);
7577 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7578 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7579 base of the text section. */
7580 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
7582 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7584 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7585 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel,
7586 text_section_label, NULL);
7589 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7590 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7591 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7592 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7595 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, blabel,
7596 fmt, i * 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
7597 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, elabel, NULL);
7604 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7605 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
7611 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7614 const char *path; /* Complete file name. */
7615 const char *fname; /* File name part. */
7616 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
7617 struct dwarf_file_data * file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
7618 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
7621 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7625 const char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
7626 int length; /* Path length. */
7627 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7628 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7629 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7632 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7633 the directories in the path. */
7636 file_info_cmp (const void *p1, const void *p2)
7638 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
7639 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
7643 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7644 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7645 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7646 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7647 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7648 if ((s1->path == s1->fname || s2->path == s2->fname))
7649 return (s2->path == s2->fname) - (s1->path == s1->fname);
7651 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
7652 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
7658 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7659 if ((cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
7660 || (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname))
7661 return ((cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
7662 - (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname));
7664 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7665 else if (*cp1 != *cp2)
7670 struct file_name_acquire_data
7672 struct file_info *files;
7677 /* Traversal function for the hash table. */
7680 file_name_acquire (void ** slot, void *data)
7682 struct file_name_acquire_data *fnad = data;
7683 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
7684 struct file_info *fi;
7687 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files >= d->emitted_number);
7689 if (! d->emitted_number)
7692 gcc_assert (fnad->max_files != fnad->used_files);
7694 fi = fnad->files + fnad->used_files++;
7696 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7698 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
7701 /* Create a new array entry. */
7703 fi->length = strlen (f);
7706 /* Search for the file name part. */
7707 f = strrchr (f, '/');
7708 fi->fname = f == NULL ? fi->path : f + 1;
7712 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7713 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7714 slowdowns with many input files. */
7717 output_file_names (void)
7719 struct file_name_acquire_data fnad;
7721 struct file_info *files;
7722 struct dir_info *dirs;
7731 if (!last_emitted_file)
7733 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7734 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7738 numfiles = last_emitted_file->emitted_number;
7740 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7741 files = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct file_info));
7742 dirs = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (struct dir_info));
7745 fnad.used_files = 0;
7746 fnad.max_files = numfiles;
7747 htab_traverse (file_table, file_name_acquire, &fnad);
7748 gcc_assert (fnad.used_files == fnad.max_files);
7750 qsort (files, numfiles, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
7752 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7753 dirs[0].path = files[0].path;
7754 dirs[0].length = files[0].fname - files[0].path;
7755 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
7757 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
7758 files[0].dir_idx = 0;
7761 for (i = 1; i < numfiles; i++)
7762 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
7763 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
7764 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
7766 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7767 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
7768 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
7774 /* This is a new directory. */
7775 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
7776 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
7777 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
7778 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
7779 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
7781 /* Search for a prefix. */
7782 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
7783 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; j++)
7784 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
7785 && dirs[j].length > 1
7786 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
7787 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
7788 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
7789 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
7794 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7795 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7796 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7797 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7798 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7799 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7800 saved = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7801 savehere = alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
7803 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
7804 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; i++)
7809 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7810 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7811 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
7812 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
7814 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; j++)
7817 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
7819 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7824 while (k != -1 && k != (int) i)
7829 /* Yes it is. We can possibly save some memory by
7830 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7832 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
7833 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
7838 /* Check whether we can save enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7840 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
7842 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7843 for (j = i; j < ndirs; j++)
7844 if (savehere[j] > 0)
7846 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7847 saved[j] = savehere[j];
7849 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7850 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
7855 /* Emit the directory name table. */
7857 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
7858 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; i++)
7859 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
7860 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", i + idx_offset);
7862 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7864 /* We have to emit them in the order of emitted_number since that's
7865 used in the debug info generation. To do this efficiently we
7866 generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7867 backmap = alloca (numfiles * sizeof (int));
7868 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
7869 backmap[files[i].file_idx->emitted_number - 1] = i;
7871 /* Now write all the file names. */
7872 for (i = 0; i < numfiles; i++)
7874 int file_idx = backmap[i];
7875 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
7877 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
7878 "File Entry: 0x%x", (unsigned) i + 1);
7880 /* Include directory index. */
7881 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dir_idx + idx_offset, NULL);
7883 /* Modification time. */
7884 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7886 /* File length in bytes. */
7887 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
7890 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7894 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7895 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7898 output_line_info (void)
7900 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
7901 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7902 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
7905 unsigned long lt_index;
7906 unsigned long current_line;
7909 unsigned long current_file;
7910 unsigned long function;
7912 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
7913 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
7914 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
7915 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
7917 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4)
7918 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7919 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7920 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
7921 "Length of Source Line Info");
7922 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
7924 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
7925 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
7926 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
7928 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7929 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7930 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7931 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7932 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7933 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7934 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7935 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7936 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7937 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7939 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
7940 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
7942 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7943 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
7944 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
7946 "Special Opcode Base");
7948 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; opc++)
7952 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
7953 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
7954 case DW_LNS_set_file:
7955 case DW_LNS_set_column:
7956 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
7964 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7968 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7969 output_file_names ();
7970 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
7972 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7973 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7974 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7976 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7977 a series of state machine operations. */
7981 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
7982 strcpy (prev_line_label, cfun->cold_section_label);
7984 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
7985 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
7987 dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
7990 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7991 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7994 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7995 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7996 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7997 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
7998 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
8002 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
8004 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
8005 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
8006 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
8007 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
8008 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
8009 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
8011 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
8014 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
8015 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8016 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8017 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8021 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
8022 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
8023 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8024 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8025 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8026 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8029 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8031 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8032 different from the previous line. */
8033 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8035 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8036 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8037 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8040 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8041 that uses the least amount of space. */
8042 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8044 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8045 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8046 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8047 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8048 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
8049 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
8051 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8052 "line %lu", current_line);
8055 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
8056 depending on the value being encoded. */
8057 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8058 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8059 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8064 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
8065 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8068 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8071 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8072 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8073 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8077 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8078 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8079 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8080 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
8083 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8084 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8085 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8090 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
8092 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
8093 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
8096 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
8097 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
8098 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
8099 && line_info->function == function)
8103 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
8104 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
8105 to handle it differently. */
8106 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
8108 if (function != line_info->function)
8110 function = line_info->function;
8112 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
8113 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8114 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8115 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8116 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8120 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
8123 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8124 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8125 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8129 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8130 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8131 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8132 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8136 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
8138 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
8139 different from the previous line. */
8140 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
8142 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
8143 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
8144 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "%lu", current_file);
8147 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
8148 that uses the least amount of space. */
8149 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
8151 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
8152 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
8153 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
8154 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
8155 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
8156 "line %lu", current_line);
8159 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
8160 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
8161 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
8162 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8166 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
8174 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
8175 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
8176 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
8181 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
8182 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
8185 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
8186 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
8187 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
8191 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
8192 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
8193 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
8194 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
8197 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
8198 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
8199 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
8200 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
8204 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
8205 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
8208 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
8209 a DIE that describes the given type.
8211 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
8212 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
8215 base_type_die (tree type)
8217 dw_die_ref base_type_result;
8218 enum dwarf_type encoding;
8220 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
8223 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8226 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type))
8228 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8229 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
8231 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
8233 else if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type))
8234 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
8236 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
8240 if (DECIMAL_FLOAT_MODE_P (TYPE_MODE (type)))
8241 encoding = DW_ATE_decimal_float;
8243 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
8246 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
8247 a user defined type for it. */
8249 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
8250 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
8252 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
8256 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
8257 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
8261 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
8265 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8267 /* This probably indicates a bug. */
8268 if (! TYPE_NAME (type))
8269 add_name_attribute (base_type_result, "__unknown__");
8271 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
8272 int_size_in_bytes (type));
8273 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
8275 return base_type_result;
8278 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
8279 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
8280 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
8281 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
8282 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
8283 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
8284 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
8285 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
8288 root_type (tree type)
8290 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8291 return error_mark_node;
8293 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8296 return error_mark_node;
8299 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8300 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
8303 return type_main_variant (type);
8307 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
8308 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
8311 is_base_type (tree type)
8313 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8326 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8331 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
8344 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
8345 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
8346 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
8347 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
8350 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
8351 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type)
8353 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
8354 return BITS_PER_WORD;
8355 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type) == NULL_TREE)
8357 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1))
8358 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type), 1);
8360 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
8363 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
8364 emitted as a subrange type. */
8367 is_subrange_type (tree type)
8369 tree subtype = TREE_TYPE (type);
8371 /* Subrange types are identified by the fact that they are integer
8372 types, and that they have a subtype which is either an integer type
8373 or an enumeral type. */
8375 if (TREE_CODE (type) != INTEGER_TYPE
8376 || subtype == NULL_TREE)
8379 if (TREE_CODE (subtype) != INTEGER_TYPE
8380 && TREE_CODE (subtype) != ENUMERAL_TYPE)
8383 if (TREE_CODE (type) == TREE_CODE (subtype)
8384 && int_size_in_bytes (type) == int_size_in_bytes (subtype)
8385 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL
8386 && TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8387 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type), TYPE_MIN_VALUE (subtype))
8388 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL
8389 && TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype) != NULL
8390 && tree_int_cst_equal (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type), TYPE_MAX_VALUE (subtype)))
8392 /* The type and its subtype have the same representation. If in
8393 addition the two types also have the same name, then the given
8394 type is not a subrange type, but rather a plain base type. */
8395 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-03-22:
8396 Sizetype INTEGER_CSTs nodes are canonicalized. It should
8397 therefore be sufficient to check the TYPE_SIZE node pointers
8398 rather than checking the actual size. Unfortunately, we have
8399 found some cases, such as in the Ada "integer" type, where
8400 this is not the case. Until this problem is solved, we need to
8401 keep checking the actual size. */
8402 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (type);
8403 tree subtype_name = TYPE_NAME (subtype);
8405 if (type_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (type_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8406 type_name = DECL_NAME (type_name);
8408 if (subtype_name != NULL && TREE_CODE (subtype_name) == TYPE_DECL)
8409 subtype_name = DECL_NAME (subtype_name);
8411 if (type_name == subtype_name)
8418 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
8419 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
8422 subrange_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
8424 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8425 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes = int_size_in_bytes (type);
8427 if (context_die == NULL)
8428 context_die = comp_unit_die;
8430 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, context_die, type);
8432 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type)) != size_in_bytes)
8434 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
8435 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
8436 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, DW_AT_byte_size, size_in_bytes);
8439 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8440 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound,
8441 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type));
8442 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type) != NULL)
8443 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound,
8444 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type));
8446 return subrange_die;
8449 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
8450 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
8453 modified_type_die (tree type, int is_const_type, int is_volatile_type,
8454 dw_die_ref context_die)
8456 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
8457 dw_die_ref mod_type_die;
8458 dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
8459 tree item_type = NULL;
8460 tree qualified_type;
8463 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
8466 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
8469 = get_qualified_type (type,
8470 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
8471 | (is_volatile_type ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
8473 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
8476 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8478 return mod_type_die;
8481 name = qualified_type ? TYPE_NAME (qualified_type) : NULL;
8483 /* Handle C typedef types. */
8484 if (name && TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name))
8486 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (name);
8488 if (qualified_type == dtype)
8490 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
8491 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
8492 return lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
8494 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8495 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8496 || (is_const_type <= TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
8497 && is_volatile_type <= TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype)
8498 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name) != type))
8499 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
8500 type to which it refers. */
8501 return modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (name),
8502 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
8504 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
8509 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8510 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
8512 else if (is_volatile_type)
8514 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8515 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
8517 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
8519 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8520 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8521 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8522 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8524 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
8526 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die, type);
8527 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size,
8528 simple_type_size_in_bits (type) / BITS_PER_UNIT);
8529 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8531 else if (is_subrange_type (type))
8533 mod_type_die = subrange_type_die (type, context_die);
8534 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
8536 else if (is_base_type (type))
8537 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
8540 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
8542 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8543 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8544 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8545 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8546 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8548 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
8549 return lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
8551 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8552 not the main variant. */
8553 return lookup_type_die (type);
8556 /* Builtin types don't have a DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE. For those,
8557 don't output a DW_TAG_typedef, since there isn't one in the
8558 user's program; just attach a DW_AT_name to the type. */
8560 && (TREE_CODE (name) != TYPE_DECL || TREE_TYPE (name) == qualified_type))
8562 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
8563 /* Could just call add_name_and_src_coords_attributes here,
8564 but since this is a builtin type it doesn't have any
8565 useful source coordinates anyway. */
8566 name = DECL_NAME (name);
8567 add_name_attribute (mod_type_die, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name));
8571 equate_type_number_to_die (qualified_type, mod_type_die);
8574 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8575 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8576 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8577 types are possible in Ada. */
8578 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
8579 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
8580 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
8583 if (sub_die != NULL)
8584 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
8586 return mod_type_die;
8589 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8590 an enumerated type. */
8593 type_is_enum (tree type)
8595 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
8598 /* Return the DBX register number described by a given RTL node. */
8601 dbx_reg_number (rtx rtl)
8603 unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
8605 gcc_assert (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER);
8607 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8608 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8610 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (regno);
8612 regno = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8616 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
8619 /* Optionally add a DW_OP_piece term to a location description expression.
8620 DW_OP_piece is only added if the location description expression already
8621 doesn't end with DW_OP_piece. */
8624 add_loc_descr_op_piece (dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head, int size)
8626 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8628 if (*list_head != NULL)
8630 /* Find the end of the chain. */
8631 for (loc = *list_head; loc->dw_loc_next != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
8634 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_piece)
8635 loc->dw_loc_next = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, size, 0);
8639 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8640 zero if there is none. */
8642 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8643 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
8647 if (REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8650 regs = targetm.dwarf_register_span (rtl);
8652 if (hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)] > 1 || regs)
8653 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl, regs);
8655 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8658 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8659 a given hard register number. */
8661 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8662 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno)
8665 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + regno, 0, 0);
8667 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, regno, 0);
8670 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8671 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8673 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8674 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, rtx regs)
8678 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
8681 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8682 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8684 int leaf_reg = LEAF_REG_REMAP (reg);
8686 reg = (unsigned) leaf_reg;
8689 gcc_assert ((unsigned) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg) == dbx_reg_number (rtl));
8690 nregs = hard_regno_nregs[REGNO (rtl)][GET_MODE (rtl)];
8692 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8693 if (regs == NULL_RTX)
8695 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / nregs;
8702 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (reg));
8703 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8704 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8710 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8712 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (regs) == PARALLEL);
8714 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8717 for (i = 0; i < XVECLEN (regs, 0); ++i)
8721 t = one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs, 0, i)));
8722 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, t);
8723 size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs, 0, 0)));
8724 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, size);
8729 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8731 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8732 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i)
8734 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8736 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8737 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8741 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
8744 else if (i <= 0xffff)
8746 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8756 else if (i >= -0x8000)
8758 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
8759 || i >= -0x80000000)
8765 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
8768 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8770 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8771 based_loc_descr (rtx reg, HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
8775 /* We only use "frame base" when we're sure we're talking about the
8776 post-prologue local stack frame. We do this by *not* running
8777 register elimination until this point, and recognizing the special
8778 argument pointer and soft frame pointer rtx's. */
8779 if (reg == arg_pointer_rtx || reg == frame_pointer_rtx)
8781 rtx elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
8785 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
8787 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
8788 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
8790 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
8791 : stack_pointer_rtx));
8792 offset += frame_pointer_fb_offset;
8794 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
8798 regno = dbx_reg_number (reg);
8800 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + regno, offset, 0);
8802 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, regno, offset);
8805 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8808 is_based_loc (rtx rtl)
8810 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
8811 && ((REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8812 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8813 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
8816 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8817 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8818 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8819 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8821 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8822 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8823 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8824 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8826 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8827 autoincrement addressing modes.
8829 CAN_USE_FBREG is a flag whether we can use DW_AT_frame_base in the
8830 location list for RTL.
8832 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8834 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8835 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl, enum machine_mode mode)
8837 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
8838 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8840 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8841 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8842 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8843 zeroth element of the array. */
8845 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
8847 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8852 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8853 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8855 /* ... fall through ... */
8858 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8859 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8860 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8861 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8862 contains the given subreg. */
8863 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
8865 /* ... fall through ... */
8868 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8869 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8870 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8871 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8872 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8873 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8874 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8875 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8876 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8877 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8878 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8879 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8880 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8881 if (REGNO (rtl) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
8882 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (rtl, 0);
8886 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
8887 if (mem_loc_result != 0)
8888 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
8892 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8894 /* ... fall through ... */
8897 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8898 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8902 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8903 by a different symbol. */
8904 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
8907 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant_mark (rtl, &marked);
8909 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
8912 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp))
8913 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp, &marked);
8918 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8919 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8920 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8921 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8926 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
8927 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
8928 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
8929 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
8933 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8935 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
8940 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8942 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
8943 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
8944 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
8945 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
8947 /* ... fall through ... */
8951 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
8952 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (XEXP (rtl, 0),
8953 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
8956 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8957 if (mem_loc_result == 0)
8960 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
8961 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
8962 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8963 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
8964 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
8967 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8968 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
8969 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
8970 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
8975 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8976 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply or shift. */
8995 dw_loc_descr_ref op0 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
8996 dw_loc_descr_ref op1 = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode);
8998 if (op0 == 0 || op1 == 0)
9001 mem_loc_result = op0;
9002 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, op1);
9003 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9008 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
9015 return mem_loc_result;
9018 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
9019 This is typically a complex variable. */
9021 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9022 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0, rtx x1)
9024 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
9025 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref = loc_descriptor (x0);
9026 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref = loc_descriptor (x1);
9028 if (x0_ref == 0 || x1_ref == 0)
9031 cc_loc_result = x0_ref;
9032 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)));
9034 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, x1_ref);
9035 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&cc_loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)));
9037 return cc_loc_result;
9040 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
9041 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
9042 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
9043 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
9044 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
9046 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
9048 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9049 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl)
9051 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
9053 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9056 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
9057 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
9058 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
9059 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
9060 contains the given subreg. */
9061 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
9063 /* ... fall through ... */
9066 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
9070 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
9074 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
9079 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != PARALLEL)
9081 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 1), 0));
9085 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
9090 rtvec par_elems = XVEC (rtl, 0);
9091 int num_elem = GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems);
9092 enum machine_mode mode;
9095 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9096 loc_result = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9097 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, 0), 0));
9098 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9099 for (i = 1; i < num_elem; i++)
9101 dw_loc_descr_ref temp;
9103 temp = loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9104 add_loc_descr (&loc_result, temp);
9105 mode = GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems, i), 0));
9106 add_loc_descr_op_piece (&loc_result, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode));
9118 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
9119 up particularly with variable length arrays. WANT_ADDRESS is 2 if this is
9120 a top-level invocation of loc_descriptor_from_tree; is 1 if this is not a
9121 top-level invocation, and we require the address of LOC; is 0 if we require
9122 the value of LOC. */
9124 static dw_loc_descr_ref
9125 loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (tree loc, int want_address)
9127 dw_loc_descr_ref ret, ret1;
9128 int have_address = 0;
9129 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9131 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
9132 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
9135 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
9140 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR:
9141 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
9142 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
9143 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
9144 the names of types. */
9150 case PREINCREMENT_EXPR:
9151 case PREDECREMENT_EXPR:
9152 case POSTINCREMENT_EXPR:
9153 case POSTDECREMENT_EXPR:
9154 /* There are no opcodes for these operations. */
9158 /* If we already want an address, there's nothing we can do. */
9162 /* Otherwise, process the argument and look for the address. */
9163 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 1);
9166 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL_P (loc))
9170 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
9171 if (!targetm.asm_out.output_dwarf_dtprel)
9174 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
9175 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
9176 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc))
9179 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9180 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9185 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9186 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9189 ret = new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr, 0, 0);
9190 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9191 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9193 ret1 = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address, 0, 0);
9194 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9202 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (loc))
9203 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (DECL_VALUE_EXPR (loc),
9210 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
9212 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
9214 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_INT)
9216 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9217 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)))
9218 val &= GET_MODE_MASK (DECL_MODE (loc));
9219 ret = int_loc_descriptor (val);
9221 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING)
9223 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
9225 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
9226 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
9227 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
9231 enum machine_mode mode;
9233 /* Certain constructs can only be represented at top-level. */
9234 if (want_address == 2)
9235 return loc_descriptor (rtl);
9237 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9240 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9243 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9249 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9254 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), want_address);
9258 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
9259 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
9262 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), want_address);
9267 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
9270 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
9271 enum machine_mode mode;
9273 int unsignedp = TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9275 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
9276 &unsignedp, &volatilep, false);
9281 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (obj, 1);
9283 || bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
9286 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
9288 /* Variable offset. */
9289 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (offset, 0));
9290 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9293 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9295 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
9296 else if (bytepos < 0)
9298 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
9299 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
9307 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
9308 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
9315 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
9316 rtx rtl = lookup_constant_def (loc);
9317 enum machine_mode mode;
9319 if (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl))
9321 mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9322 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
9323 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
9328 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR:
9329 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR:
9334 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR:
9340 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR:
9345 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR:
9347 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR:
9348 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
9356 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR:
9358 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR:
9359 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
9372 op = (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc)) ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
9376 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
9377 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
9379 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9383 add_loc_descr (&ret,
9384 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
9385 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
9395 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9402 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9409 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9416 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
9431 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9432 ret1 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9433 if (ret == 0 || ret1 == 0)
9436 add_loc_descr (&ret, ret1);
9437 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9440 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR:
9454 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9458 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
9464 const enum tree_code code =
9465 TREE_CODE (loc) == MIN_EXPR ? GT_EXPR : LT_EXPR;
9467 loc = build3 (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
9468 build2 (code, integer_type_node,
9469 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
9470 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
9473 /* ... fall through ... */
9477 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
9478 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
9479 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
9480 = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
9481 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
9483 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
9484 if (ret == 0 || lhs == 0 || rhs == 0)
9487 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
9488 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
9490 add_loc_descr (&ret, rhs);
9491 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
9492 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
9494 add_loc_descr (&ret, lhs);
9495 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9496 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = lhs;
9498 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
9499 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
9500 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
9501 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
9502 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
9506 case FIX_TRUNC_EXPR:
9508 case FIX_FLOOR_EXPR:
9509 case FIX_ROUND_EXPR:
9513 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
9514 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
9515 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc)
9516 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE)
9519 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9520 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
9521 these explicitly. We forgot one. */
9524 /* In a release build, we want to degrade gracefully: better to
9525 generate incomplete debugging information than to crash. */
9530 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
9531 if (want_address && !have_address)
9534 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
9535 if (!want_address && have_address && ret)
9537 HOST_WIDE_INT size = int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc));
9539 if (size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE || size == -1)
9541 else if (size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
9544 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
9546 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, size, 0));
9552 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
9553 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc)
9555 return loc_descriptor_from_tree_1 (loc, 2);
9558 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
9559 which is not less than the value itself. */
9561 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
9562 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value, unsigned int boundary)
9564 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
9567 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
9568 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
9569 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
9573 field_type (tree decl)
9577 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9578 return integer_type_node;
9580 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
9581 if (type == NULL_TREE)
9582 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9587 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
9588 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
9589 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
9591 static inline unsigned
9592 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type)
9594 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9597 static inline unsigned
9598 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl)
9600 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
9603 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
9604 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
9605 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
9606 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
9607 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
9610 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9611 field_byte_offset (tree decl)
9613 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
9614 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
9615 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
9616 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
9618 tree field_size_tree;
9619 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
9620 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
9621 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
9623 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
9626 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
9628 type = field_type (decl);
9629 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
9631 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
9632 a flexible array member. */
9633 if (! field_size_tree)
9634 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
9636 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
9637 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
9638 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
9639 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
9642 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
9644 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
9645 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
9646 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
9648 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
9650 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
9651 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
9652 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
9654 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
9655 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
9656 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
9657 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
9658 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
9659 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
9660 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
9661 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
9663 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
9665 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
9666 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
9667 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
9668 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
9669 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9670 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9671 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9672 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9673 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9674 bits of the bit-field itself.
9676 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9677 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9678 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9679 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9680 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9681 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9682 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9683 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9684 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9686 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9687 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9688 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9689 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9690 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9691 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9693 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9694 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9695 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
9697 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9698 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9699 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9701 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9702 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
9703 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
9704 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
9706 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
9708 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9709 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
9711 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9712 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
9713 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
9714 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
9717 return object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
9720 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9721 associated with them. */
9723 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9725 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9726 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9727 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9730 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind,
9731 dw_loc_descr_ref descr)
9734 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, descr);
9737 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9738 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9739 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9740 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9741 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9742 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9745 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9746 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9747 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9748 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9749 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9750 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9751 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9752 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9753 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9757 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
9759 HOST_WIDE_INT offset;
9760 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr = 0;
9762 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_BINFO)
9764 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9765 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (decl) && is_cxx ())
9767 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9768 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9769 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9770 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9772 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9774 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9776 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp;
9778 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9779 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup, 0, 0);
9780 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9782 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9783 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9784 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9786 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9787 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl), 0);
9788 gcc_assert (offset < 0);
9790 tmp = int_loc_descriptor (-offset);
9791 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9792 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus, 0, 0);
9793 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9795 /* Extract the offset. */
9796 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
9797 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9799 /* Add it to the object address. */
9800 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0);
9801 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr, tmp);
9804 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
9807 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
9811 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
9813 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9814 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9815 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9817 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9818 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9819 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9823 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
9826 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
9829 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
9832 /* Writes integer values to dw_vec_const array. */
9835 insert_int (HOST_WIDE_INT val, unsigned int size, unsigned char *dest)
9839 *dest++ = val & 0xff;
9845 /* Reads integers from dw_vec_const array. Inverse of insert_int. */
9847 static HOST_WIDE_INT
9848 extract_int (const unsigned char *src, unsigned int size)
9850 HOST_WIDE_INT val = 0;
9856 val |= *--src & 0xff;
9862 /* Writes floating point values to dw_vec_const array. */
9865 insert_float (rtx rtl, unsigned char *array)
9871 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
9872 real_to_target (val, &rv, GET_MODE (rtl));
9874 /* real_to_target puts 32-bit pieces in each long. Pack them. */
9875 for (i = 0; i < GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl)) / 4; i++)
9877 insert_int (val[i], 4, array);
9882 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9883 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9884 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9885 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9886 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9889 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, rtx rtl)
9891 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
9895 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
9898 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, val);
9900 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val);
9905 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9906 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9907 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9908 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9910 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9912 if (SCALAR_FLOAT_MODE_P (mode))
9914 unsigned int length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
9915 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length);
9917 insert_float (rtl, array);
9918 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length / 4, 4, array);
9922 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9923 gcc_assert (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG == HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT);
9925 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
9926 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
9933 enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
9934 unsigned int elt_size = GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode);
9935 unsigned int length = CONST_VECTOR_NUNITS (rtl);
9936 unsigned char *array = ggc_alloc (length * elt_size);
9940 switch (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode))
9942 case MODE_VECTOR_INT:
9943 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9945 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9946 HOST_WIDE_INT lo, hi;
9948 switch (GET_CODE (elt))
9956 lo = CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (elt);
9957 hi = CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (elt);
9964 if (elt_size <= sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT))
9965 insert_int (lo, elt_size, p);
9968 unsigned char *p0 = p;
9969 unsigned char *p1 = p + sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT);
9971 gcc_assert (elt_size == 2 * sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT));
9972 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
9977 insert_int (lo, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p0);
9978 insert_int (hi, sizeof (HOST_WIDE_INT), p1);
9983 case MODE_VECTOR_FLOAT:
9984 for (i = 0, p = array; i < length; i++, p += elt_size)
9986 rtx elt = CONST_VECTOR_ELT (rtl, i);
9987 insert_float (elt, p);
9995 add_AT_vec (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, elt_size, array);
10000 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
10006 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, rtl);
10007 VEC_safe_push (rtx, gc, used_rtx_array, rtl);
10011 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
10012 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
10013 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
10014 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
10015 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
10016 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
10017 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
10018 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
10019 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
10020 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
10021 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
10025 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
10026 gcc_unreachable ();
10031 /* Determine whether the evaluation of EXPR references any variables
10032 or functions which aren't otherwise used (and therefore may not be
10035 reference_to_unused (tree * tp, int * walk_subtrees,
10036 void * data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10038 if (! EXPR_P (*tp) && ! CONSTANT_CLASS_P (*tp))
10039 *walk_subtrees = 0;
10041 if (DECL_P (*tp) && ! TREE_PUBLIC (*tp) && ! TREE_USED (*tp)
10042 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (*tp))
10044 else if (!flag_unit_at_a_time)
10046 else if (!cgraph_global_info_ready
10047 && (TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL))
10049 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == VAR_DECL)
10051 struct cgraph_varpool_node *node = cgraph_varpool_node (*tp);
10055 else if (DECL_P (*tp) && TREE_CODE (*tp) == FUNCTION_DECL
10056 && (!DECL_EXTERNAL (*tp) || DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (*tp)))
10058 struct cgraph_node *node = cgraph_node (*tp);
10066 /* Generate an RTL constant from a decl initializer INIT with decl type TYPE,
10067 for use in a later add_const_value_attribute call. */
10070 rtl_for_decl_init (tree init, tree type)
10072 rtx rtl = NULL_RTX;
10074 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
10075 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
10076 if (TREE_CODE (init) == STRING_CST && TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
10078 tree enttype = TREE_TYPE (type);
10079 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10080 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (enttype);
10082 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_INT && GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) == 1
10084 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain))
10085 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain),
10086 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init) - 1) == 0
10087 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init)
10088 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)) + 1))
10089 rtl = gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode,
10090 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init)));
10092 /* Other aggregates, and complex values, could be represented using
10094 else if (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (type) || TREE_CODE (type) == COMPLEX_TYPE)
10096 /* Vectors only work if their mode is supported by the target.
10097 FIXME: generic vectors ought to work too. */
10098 else if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE && TYPE_MODE (type) == BLKmode)
10100 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
10101 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. We must be careful not to
10102 reference variables which won't be output. */
10103 else if (initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type)
10104 && ! walk_tree (&init, reference_to_unused, NULL, NULL))
10106 /* Convert vector CONSTRUCTOR initializers to VECTOR_CST if
10108 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
10109 switch (TREE_CODE (init))
10114 if (TREE_CONSTANT (init))
10116 VEC(constructor_elt,gc) *elts = CONSTRUCTOR_ELTS (init);
10117 bool constant_p = true;
10119 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT ix;
10121 /* Even when ctor is constant, it might contain non-*_CST
10122 elements (e.g. { 1.0/0.0 - 1.0/0.0, 0.0 }) and those don't
10123 belong into VECTOR_CST nodes. */
10124 FOR_EACH_CONSTRUCTOR_VALUE (elts, ix, value)
10125 if (!CONSTANT_CLASS_P (value))
10127 constant_p = false;
10133 init = build_vector_from_ctor (type, elts);
10143 rtl = expand_expr (init, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, EXPAND_INITIALIZER);
10145 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
10146 gcc_assert (!rtl || !MEM_P (rtl));
10152 /* Generate RTL for the variable DECL to represent its location. */
10155 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl)
10159 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
10160 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
10161 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
10163 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
10164 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
10165 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
10166 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
10167 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
10168 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
10169 referenced within the function.
10171 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
10172 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
10173 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
10174 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
10176 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
10177 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
10178 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
10179 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
10180 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
10181 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
10183 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
10184 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
10185 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
10186 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
10187 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
10188 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
10189 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
10190 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
10191 output at debug-time.
10193 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
10194 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
10195 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
10196 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10197 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
10198 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
10199 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
10200 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
10201 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
10202 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
10203 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
10204 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
10205 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
10207 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
10208 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
10209 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
10210 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
10211 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
10212 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
10213 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
10214 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
10215 I'd like to fix it.
10217 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
10218 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
10219 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
10220 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
10221 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
10222 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
10223 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
10224 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
10225 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
10226 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
10227 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values. FIXME. */
10229 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
10230 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
10232 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
10233 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
10234 fixed registers. */
10235 if (! reload_completed)
10238 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl)
10240 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
10242 && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10243 && TREE_STATIC (decl))))
10245 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10250 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
10252 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
10254 tree declared_type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10255 tree passed_type = DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl);
10256 enum machine_mode dmode = TYPE_MODE (declared_type);
10257 enum machine_mode pmode = TYPE_MODE (passed_type);
10259 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
10260 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
10261 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
10262 if (dmode == pmode)
10263 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10264 else if (SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (dmode)
10265 && GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10266 && DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10268 rtx inc = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
10271 else if (MEM_P (inc))
10273 if (BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10274 rtl = adjust_address_nv (inc, dmode,
10275 GET_MODE_SIZE (pmode)
10276 - GET_MODE_SIZE (dmode));
10283 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
10284 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
10285 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
10286 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
10287 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
10288 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
10290 else if (MEM_P (rtl)
10291 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
10292 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10293 /* Not passed in memory. */
10294 && !MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl))
10295 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
10296 && (!REG_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
10297 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10298 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
10299 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
10300 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
10303 /* Big endian correction check. */
10304 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10305 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
10306 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
10309 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
10310 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
10312 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10313 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
10316 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
10319 && GET_MODE (rtl) != TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))
10320 && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10322 int rsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl));
10323 int dsize = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)));
10325 /* If a variable is declared "register" yet is smaller than
10326 a register, then if we store the variable to memory, it
10327 looks like we're storing a register-sized value, when in
10328 fact we are not. We need to adjust the offset of the
10329 storage location to reflect the actual value's bytes,
10330 else gdb will not be able to display it. */
10332 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
10333 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), rsize-dsize));
10336 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
10337 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
10338 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
10339 if (!rtl && TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10340 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (DECL_INITIAL (decl), TREE_TYPE (decl));
10343 rtl = targetm.delegitimize_address (rtl);
10345 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
10346 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
10347 code, and thus is not emitted. */
10349 rtl = avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl);
10354 /* We need to figure out what section we should use as the base for the
10355 address ranges where a given location is valid.
10356 1. If this particular DECL has a section associated with it, use that.
10357 2. If this function has a section associated with it, use that.
10358 3. Otherwise, use the text section.
10359 XXX: If you split a variable across multiple sections, we won't notice. */
10361 static const char *
10362 secname_for_decl (tree decl)
10364 const char *secname;
10366 if (VAR_OR_FUNCTION_DECL_P (decl) && DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
10368 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl);
10369 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10371 else if (current_function_decl && DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
10373 tree sectree = DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl);
10374 secname = TREE_STRING_POINTER (sectree);
10376 else if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
10377 secname = cfun->cold_section_label;
10379 secname = text_section_label;
10384 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
10385 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
10386 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
10387 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
10388 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
10389 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
10390 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
10391 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
10392 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
10393 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
10396 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl,
10397 enum dwarf_attribute attr)
10400 dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
10401 var_loc_list *loc_list;
10402 struct var_loc_node *node;
10403 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10406 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL
10407 || TREE_CODE (decl) == RESULT_DECL);
10409 /* See if we possibly have multiple locations for this variable. */
10410 loc_list = lookup_decl_loc (decl);
10412 /* If it truly has multiple locations, the first and last node will
10414 if (loc_list && loc_list->first != loc_list->last)
10416 const char *endname, *secname;
10417 dw_loc_list_ref list;
10420 /* Now that we know what section we are using for a base,
10421 actually construct the list of locations.
10422 The first location information is what is passed to the
10423 function that creates the location list, and the remaining
10424 locations just get added on to that list.
10425 Note that we only know the start address for a location
10426 (IE location changes), so to build the range, we use
10427 the range [current location start, next location start].
10428 This means we have to special case the last node, and generate
10429 a range of [last location start, end of function label]. */
10431 node = loc_list->first;
10432 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10433 secname = secname_for_decl (decl);
10435 list = new_loc_list (loc_descriptor (varloc),
10436 node->label, node->next->label, secname, 1);
10439 for (; node->next; node = node->next)
10440 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10442 /* The variable has a location between NODE->LABEL and
10443 NODE->NEXT->LABEL. */
10444 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10445 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10446 node->label, node->next->label, secname);
10449 /* If the variable has a location at the last label
10450 it keeps its location until the end of function. */
10451 if (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (node->var_loc_note) != NULL_RTX)
10453 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10455 varloc = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note);
10456 if (!current_function_decl)
10457 endname = text_end_label;
10460 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
10461 current_function_funcdef_no);
10462 endname = ggc_strdup (label_id);
10464 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (&list, loc_descriptor (varloc),
10465 node->label, endname, secname);
10468 /* Finally, add the location list to the DIE, and we are done. */
10469 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr, list);
10473 /* Try to get some constant RTL for this decl, and use that as the value of
10476 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
10477 if (rtl && (CONSTANT_P (rtl) || GET_CODE (rtl) == CONST_STRING))
10479 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
10483 /* If we have tried to generate the location otherwise, and it
10484 didn't work out (we wouldn't be here if we did), and we have a one entry
10485 location list, try generating a location from that. */
10486 if (loc_list && loc_list->first)
10488 node = loc_list->first;
10489 descr = loc_descriptor (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (node->var_loc_note));
10492 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10497 /* We couldn't get any rtl, so try directly generating the location
10498 description from the tree. */
10499 descr = loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl);
10502 add_AT_location_description (die, attr, descr);
10505 /* None of that worked, so it must not really have a location;
10506 try adding a constant value attribute from the DECL_INITIAL. */
10507 tree_add_const_value_attribute (die, decl);
10510 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
10511 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
10512 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
10515 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die, tree decl)
10517 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
10518 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10521 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init)
10526 rtl = rtl_for_decl_init (init, type);
10528 add_const_value_attribute (var_die, rtl);
10531 /* Convert the CFI instructions for the current function into a
10532 location list. This is used for DW_AT_frame_base when we targeting
10533 a dwarf2 consumer that does not support the dwarf3
10534 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. OFFSET is a constant to be added to all CFA
10537 static dw_loc_list_ref
10538 convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10541 dw_loc_list_ref list, *list_tail;
10543 dw_cfa_location last_cfa, next_cfa;
10544 const char *start_label, *last_label, *section;
10546 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
10548 section = secname_for_decl (current_function_decl);
10552 next_cfa.reg = INVALID_REGNUM;
10553 next_cfa.offset = 0;
10554 next_cfa.indirect = 0;
10555 next_cfa.base_offset = 0;
10557 start_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
10559 /* ??? Bald assumption that the CIE opcode list does not contain
10560 advance opcodes. */
10561 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10562 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10564 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10565 last_label = start_label;
10567 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
10568 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
10570 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
10571 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
10572 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
10573 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
10574 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10576 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10577 start_label, last_label, section,
10580 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10581 last_cfa = next_cfa;
10582 start_label = last_label;
10584 last_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
10587 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
10588 /* The encoding is complex enough that we should never emit this. */
10589 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
10590 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
10591 /* We don't handle these two in this function. It would be possible
10592 if it were to be required. */
10593 gcc_unreachable ();
10596 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, &next_cfa);
10600 if (!cfa_equal_p (&last_cfa, &next_cfa))
10602 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&last_cfa, offset),
10603 start_label, last_label, section,
10605 list_tail = &(*list_tail)->dw_loc_next;
10606 start_label = last_label;
10608 *list_tail = new_loc_list (build_cfa_loc (&next_cfa, offset),
10609 start_label, fde->dw_fde_end, section,
10615 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to the
10616 frame base (often the same as the CFA), and store it in
10617 frame_pointer_fb_offset. OFFSET is added to the displacement
10618 before the latter is negated. */
10621 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (HOST_WIDE_INT offset)
10625 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10626 reg = frame_pointer_rtx;
10627 offset += FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10629 reg = arg_pointer_rtx;
10630 offset += ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl);
10633 elim = eliminate_regs (reg, VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
10634 if (GET_CODE (elim) == PLUS)
10636 offset += INTVAL (XEXP (elim, 1));
10637 elim = XEXP (elim, 0);
10639 gcc_assert (elim == (frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
10640 : stack_pointer_rtx));
10642 frame_pointer_fb_offset = -offset;
10645 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
10646 the value of the attribute. */
10649 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die, const char *name_string)
10651 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
10653 if (demangle_name_func)
10654 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
10656 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
10660 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
10663 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die)
10665 const char *wd = get_src_pwd ();
10667 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10670 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
10671 a representation for that bound. */
10674 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr, tree bound)
10676 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
10681 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
10683 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
10684 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
10685 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
10686 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
10687 /* Use the default. */
10690 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
10695 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
10696 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR:
10697 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
10707 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
10709 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
10710 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
10711 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
10712 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
10713 later parameter. */
10714 if (decl_die != NULL)
10715 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10721 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
10722 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
10724 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
10725 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
10727 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound);
10731 if (current_function_decl == 0)
10732 ctx = comp_unit_die;
10734 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
10736 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx, bound);
10737 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10738 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
10739 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
10741 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
10747 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
10748 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
10751 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die, tree type)
10753 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10754 unsigned dimension_number;
10757 dw_die_ref subrange_die;
10759 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
10760 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
10761 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
10762 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
10763 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
10764 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
10765 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
10766 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
10768 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10769 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10770 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10771 gen_array_type_die. */
10772 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10773 for (dimension_number = 0;
10774 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
10775 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
10778 tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
10780 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
10781 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
10783 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die, NULL);
10786 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
10787 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
10788 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
10790 /* Define the index type. */
10791 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
10793 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
10794 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
10795 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
10796 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
10797 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
10798 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
10799 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
10802 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
10806 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
10807 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
10809 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
10810 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
10811 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
10813 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
10815 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
10818 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
10819 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
10825 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree tree_node)
10829 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
10834 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10837 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10838 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
10841 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
10842 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
10843 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
10844 even for bit-fields. */
10845 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
10848 gcc_unreachable ();
10851 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
10852 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
10853 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time.
10854 GCC/35998: Avoid passing negative sizes to Dtrace and gdb. */
10855 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, (size != (unsigned)-1 ? size : 0));
10858 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
10859 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
10860 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
10863 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
10864 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
10865 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
10866 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
10867 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
10868 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
10870 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
10871 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
10872 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
10875 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10877 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
10878 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
10879 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
10880 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
10881 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
10882 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
10884 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10885 gcc_assert (type && TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL);
10887 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
10888 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
10889 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
10890 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
10891 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10894 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
10896 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
10897 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
10898 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
10899 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
10900 below must take account of these differences. */
10901 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
10902 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
10904 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
10906 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
10907 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
10911 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
10912 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
10913 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
10915 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
10918 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
10919 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
10922 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
10924 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
10925 gcc_assert (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL
10926 && DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl));
10928 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
10929 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
10932 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
10933 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
10936 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_type)
10938 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
10939 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
10940 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
10943 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
10944 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
10948 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree origin)
10950 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
10952 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
10954 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
10955 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
10956 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
10958 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
10959 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
10963 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
10965 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
10967 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
10970 if (DECL_P (origin))
10971 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
10972 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
10973 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
10975 /* XXX: Functions that are never lowered don't always have correct block
10976 trees (in the case of java, they simply have no block tree, in some other
10977 languages). For these functions, there is nothing we can really do to
10978 output correct debug info for inlined functions in all cases. Rather
10979 than die, we'll just produce deficient debug info now, in that we will
10980 have variables without a proper abstract origin. In the future, when all
10981 functions are lowered, we should re-add a gcc_assert (origin_die)
10985 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
10988 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
10991 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die, tree func_decl)
10993 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
10995 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10997 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
10998 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
10999 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
11000 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
11003 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
11004 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11005 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
11006 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
11010 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
11013 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11015 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11017 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
11018 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11021 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
11022 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
11025 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die, tree decl)
11029 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
11030 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
11032 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
11033 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11034 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
11036 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
11037 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
11038 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
11039 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
11040 && !(TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && DECL_REGISTER (decl)))
11041 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
11042 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
11045 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11046 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11047 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11048 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL && TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
11050 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address,
11051 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11052 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, used_rtx_array, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl), 0));
11057 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
11060 push_decl_scope (tree scope)
11062 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, decl_scope_table, scope);
11065 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
11068 pop_decl_scope (void)
11070 VEC_pop (tree, decl_scope_table);
11073 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
11074 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
11075 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
11076 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
11077 the current active scope. */
11080 scope_die_for (tree t, dw_die_ref context_die)
11082 dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
11083 tree containing_scope;
11086 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
11087 gcc_assert (TYPE_P (t));
11089 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
11091 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
11092 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
11094 if (context_die == lookup_decl_die (containing_scope))
11097 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11100 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
11101 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
11102 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
11103 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
11104 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
11106 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
11107 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11108 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
11110 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
11111 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
11112 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
11113 for (i = VEC_length (tree, decl_scope_table) - 1; i >= 0; --i)
11114 if (VEC_index (tree, decl_scope_table, i) == containing_scope)
11119 gcc_assert (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
11120 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope));
11122 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
11123 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
11126 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
11129 scope_die = context_die;
11134 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
11137 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11139 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
11140 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
11141 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
11147 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
11148 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
11151 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die)
11153 return (context_die
11154 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
11155 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type
11156 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace));
11159 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
11160 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
11161 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
11164 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die, tree type, int decl_const,
11165 int decl_volatile, dw_die_ref context_die)
11167 enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
11168 dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
11170 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
11171 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
11172 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
11173 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
11174 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
11175 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
11176 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
11178 if (code == ERROR_MARK
11179 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
11180 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
11181 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
11182 || code == VOID_TYPE)
11185 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
11186 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
11187 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
11190 if (type_die != NULL)
11191 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
11194 /* Given an object die, add the calling convention attribute for the
11195 function call type. */
11197 add_calling_convention_attribute (dw_die_ref subr_die, tree type)
11199 enum dwarf_calling_convention value = DW_CC_normal;
11201 value = targetm.dwarf_calling_convention (type);
11203 /* Only add the attribute if the backend requests it, and
11204 is not DW_CC_normal. */
11205 if (value && (value != DW_CC_normal))
11206 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_calling_convention, value);
11209 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
11210 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
11211 was declared without a tag. */
11213 static const char *
11214 type_tag (tree type)
11216 const char *name = 0;
11218 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
11222 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
11223 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
11224 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
11226 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
11227 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
11229 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
11230 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
11231 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
11233 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
11235 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
11238 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
11241 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
11242 for bit field types. */
11245 member_declared_type (tree member)
11247 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
11248 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member) : TREE_TYPE (member));
11251 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
11252 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
11255 static const char *
11256 decl_start_label (tree decl)
11259 const char *fnname;
11261 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
11262 gcc_assert (MEM_P (x));
11265 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (x) == SYMBOL_REF);
11267 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
11272 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
11273 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
11274 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
11277 gen_array_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11279 dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
11280 dw_die_ref array_die;
11283 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
11284 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
11285 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
11286 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11287 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
11290 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die, type);
11291 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
11292 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
11294 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
11296 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
11297 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
11298 type = TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type)));
11299 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_GNU_vector, 1);
11303 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
11304 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
11305 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
11306 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
11307 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
11308 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
11309 for multidimensional arrays. */
11310 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
11313 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11314 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
11315 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
11316 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
11317 add_AT_flag (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11320 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
11322 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
11323 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
11325 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
11326 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
11327 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
11328 add_subscript_info. */
11329 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11330 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
11331 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
11333 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
11336 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
11338 if (get_AT (array_die, DW_AT_name))
11339 add_pubtype (type, array_die);
11344 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11346 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11347 dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die, decl);
11349 if (origin != NULL)
11350 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
11353 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
11354 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11355 0, 0, context_die);
11358 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11359 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
11361 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
11365 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11366 emit full debugging info for them. */
11369 retry_incomplete_types (void)
11373 for (i = VEC_length (tree, incomplete_types) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
11374 gen_type_die (VEC_index (tree, incomplete_types, i), comp_unit_die);
11377 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
11380 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11382 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type, context_die, type);
11384 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11385 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11386 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11389 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
11392 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11394 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die, type);
11396 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11397 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11398 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11401 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
11404 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11406 dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die, type);
11408 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
11409 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
11410 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
11413 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
11414 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
11415 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
11419 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11421 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11423 if (type_die == NULL)
11425 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
11426 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
11427 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
11428 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
11430 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
11433 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11435 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
11436 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
11437 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
11438 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
11442 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
11443 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
11444 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
11445 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
11447 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11448 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11449 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
11450 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
11452 for (link = TYPE_VALUES (type);
11453 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11455 dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die, link);
11456 tree value = TREE_VALUE (link);
11458 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
11459 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
11461 if (host_integerp (value, TYPE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (value))))
11462 /* DWARF2 does not provide a way of indicating whether or
11463 not enumeration constants are signed or unsigned. GDB
11464 always assumes the values are signed, so we output all
11465 values as if they were signed. That means that
11466 enumeration constants with very large unsigned values
11467 will appear to have negative values in the debugger. */
11468 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
11469 tree_low_cst (value, tree_int_cst_sgn (value) > 0));
11473 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11475 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
11476 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
11481 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
11482 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
11485 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
11486 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
11487 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
11488 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
11489 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
11490 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
11491 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
11492 argument type of some subprogram type. */
11495 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node, dw_die_ref context_die)
11497 dw_die_ref parm_die
11498 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die, node);
11501 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
11503 case tcc_declaration:
11504 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
11505 if (origin != NULL)
11506 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
11509 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
11510 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
11511 TREE_READONLY (node),
11512 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
11514 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
11515 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11518 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
11519 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
11520 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node, DW_AT_location);
11525 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
11526 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
11530 gcc_unreachable ();
11536 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
11537 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
11540 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11542 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die, decl_or_type);
11545 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
11546 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
11547 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
11548 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
11551 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type, dw_die_ref context_die)
11554 tree formal_type = NULL;
11555 tree first_parm_type;
11558 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11560 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
11561 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
11566 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11568 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
11569 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
11570 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
11572 dw_die_ref parm_die;
11574 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
11575 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
11578 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
11579 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
11580 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
11581 && link == first_parm_type)
11582 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
11583 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11585 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
11587 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
11590 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
11591 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
11592 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
11593 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
11595 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
11596 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
11597 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
11598 link && TREE_VALUE (link);
11599 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
11600 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link), context_die);
11603 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
11604 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
11605 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
11606 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
11607 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
11610 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type, tree member, dw_die_ref context_die)
11612 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
11614 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
11615 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
11616 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
11617 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
11619 dw_die_ref type_die;
11620 gcc_assert (!decl_ultimate_origin (member));
11622 push_decl_scope (type);
11623 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
11624 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
11625 gen_subprogram_die (member, type_die);
11626 else if (TREE_CODE (member) == FIELD_DECL)
11628 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle
11629 C++ anonymous unions and structs. */
11630 if (DECL_NAME (member) != NULL_TREE
11631 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == UNION_TYPE
11632 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (member)) == RECORD_TYPE)
11634 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (member), type_die);
11635 gen_field_die (member, type_die);
11639 gen_variable_die (member, type_die);
11645 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
11646 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
11649 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl)
11651 dw_die_ref old_die;
11653 struct function *save_cfun;
11655 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
11657 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
11658 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
11660 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11661 if (old_die && get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11662 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
11665 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
11666 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
11667 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11669 context = decl_class_context (decl);
11671 gen_type_die_for_member
11672 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
11675 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
11676 save_fn = current_function_decl;
11678 current_function_decl = decl;
11679 cfun = DECL_STRUCT_FUNCTION (decl);
11681 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
11682 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11683 if (! was_abstract)
11684 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
11686 current_function_decl = save_fn;
11690 /* Helper function of premark_used_types() which gets called through
11691 htab_traverse_resize().
11693 Marks the DIE of a given type in *SLOT as perennial, so it never gets
11694 marked as unused by prune_unused_types. */
11696 premark_used_types_helper (void **slot, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11702 die = lookup_type_die (type);
11704 die->die_perennial_p = 1;
11708 /* Mark all members of used_types_hash as perennial. */
11710 premark_used_types (void)
11712 if (cfun && cfun->used_types_hash)
11713 htab_traverse (cfun->used_types_hash, premark_used_types_helper, NULL);
11716 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
11720 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
11722 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
11723 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
11724 dw_die_ref subr_die;
11727 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
11728 int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
11729 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
11731 premark_used_types ();
11733 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
11734 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
11735 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
11736 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
11737 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
11739 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
11740 if (origin && declaration && class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die))
11743 gcc_assert (!old_die);
11746 /* Now that the C++ front end lazily declares artificial member fns, we
11747 might need to retrofit the declaration into its class. */
11748 if (!declaration && !origin && !old_die
11749 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) && TYPE_P (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
11750 && !class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
11751 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11752 old_die = force_decl_die (decl);
11754 if (origin != NULL)
11756 gcc_assert (!declaration || local_scope_p (context_die));
11758 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
11759 inline function. */
11760 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
11761 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
11763 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11764 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
11768 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
11769 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
11771 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
11772 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
11773 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
11774 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
11775 && !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11777 /* Detect and ignore this case, where we are trying to output
11778 something we have already output. */
11782 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
11783 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
11784 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
11785 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
11786 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
11787 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
11788 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
11789 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
11790 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
11791 || (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
11792 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
11793 == (unsigned) s.line))))
11795 subr_die = old_die;
11797 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
11798 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
11799 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
11800 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
11801 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
11802 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
11803 remove_child_TAG (subr_die, DW_TAG_formal_parameter);
11807 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11808 add_AT_specification (subr_die, old_die);
11809 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
11810 add_AT_file (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11811 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
11812 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
11817 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die, decl);
11819 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
11820 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
11822 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
11823 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11825 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
11826 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
11827 0, 0, context_die);
11830 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
11831 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
11832 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
11834 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
11835 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
11836 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
11837 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
11842 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11844 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
11846 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
11847 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
11848 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
11849 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
11851 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
11852 later reused to represent definition. */
11853 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11856 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
11858 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl))
11860 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11861 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
11863 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
11867 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl))
11868 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
11870 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_not_inlined);
11873 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11875 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
11877 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_fb_offset;
11879 if (!old_die || !get_AT (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
11880 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
11882 if (!flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
11884 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
11885 current_function_funcdef_no);
11886 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
11887 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
11888 current_function_funcdef_no);
11889 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
11891 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11892 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11895 { /* Do nothing for now; maybe need to duplicate die, one for
11896 hot section and ond for cold section, then use the hot/cold
11897 section begin/end labels to generate the aranges... */
11899 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, hot_section_label);
11900 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, hot_section_end_label);
11901 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_lo_user, unlikely_section_label);
11902 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_hi_user, cold_section_end_label);
11904 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
11905 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11906 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
11910 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11911 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
11912 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
11915 cfa_fb_offset = CFA_FRAME_BASE_OFFSET (decl);
11917 /* We define the "frame base" as the function's CFA. This is more
11918 convenient for several reasons: (1) It's stable across the prologue
11919 and epilogue, which makes it better than just a frame pointer,
11920 (2) With dwarf3, there exists a one-byte encoding that allows us
11921 to reference the .debug_frame data by proxy, but failing that,
11922 (3) We can at least reuse the code inspection and interpretation
11923 code that determines the CFA position at various points in the
11925 /* ??? Use some command-line or configury switch to enable the use
11926 of dwarf3 DW_OP_call_frame_cfa. At present there are no dwarf
11927 consumers that understand it; fall back to "pure" dwarf2 and
11928 convert the CFA data into a location list. */
11930 dw_loc_list_ref list = convert_cfa_to_fb_loc_list (cfa_fb_offset);
11931 if (list->dw_loc_next)
11932 add_AT_loc_list (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list);
11934 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, list->expr);
11937 /* Compute a displacement from the "steady-state frame pointer" to
11938 the CFA. The former is what all stack slots and argument slots
11939 will reference in the rtl; the later is what we've told the
11940 debugger about. We'll need to adjust all frame_base references
11941 by this displacement. */
11942 compute_frame_pointer_to_fb_displacement (cfa_fb_offset);
11944 if (cfun->static_chain_decl)
11945 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
11946 loc_descriptor_from_tree (cfun->static_chain_decl));
11949 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
11950 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
11951 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
11952 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
11953 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
11954 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
11955 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
11956 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
11957 an ellipsis at the end. */
11959 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
11960 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
11961 its formal parameters. */
11962 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11964 else if (declaration)
11965 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
11968 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
11969 tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
11972 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
11973 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
11974 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
11975 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
11977 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
11978 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
11979 "__builtin_va_alist"))
11980 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
11982 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
11985 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
11986 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
11987 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
11988 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
11989 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
11990 parameters at all. */
11991 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
11992 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
11994 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
11995 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
11996 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
11998 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11999 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
12002 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
12003 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
12004 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
12006 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
12007 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
12008 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
12009 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
12010 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
12011 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
12012 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
12014 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
12015 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
12016 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
12017 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
12018 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
12019 constructor function. */
12020 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
12022 /* Emit a DW_TAG_variable DIE for a named return value. */
12023 if (DECL_NAME (DECL_RESULT (decl)))
12024 gen_decl_die (DECL_RESULT (decl), subr_die);
12026 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
12027 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
12029 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
12030 if (current_function_has_inlines)
12032 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12033 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
12035 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
12036 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
12041 /* Add the calling convention attribute if requested. */
12042 add_calling_convention_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (decl));
12046 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
12049 gen_variable_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12051 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12052 dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die, decl);
12054 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12055 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
12056 /* If DECL is COMDAT and has not actually been
12057 emitted, we cannot take its address; there
12058 might end up being no definition anywhere in
12059 the program. For example, consider the C++
12063 struct S { static const int i = 7; };
12068 int f() { return S<int>::i; }
12070 Here, S<int>::i is not DECL_EXTERNAL, but no
12071 definition is required, so the compiler will
12072 not emit a definition. */
12073 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL
12074 && DECL_COMDAT (decl) && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12075 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die));
12077 if (origin != NULL)
12078 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
12080 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
12081 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
12083 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
12084 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
12087 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges.
12089 ??? The declare_in_namespace support causes us to get two DIEs for one
12090 variable, both of which are declarations. We want to avoid considering
12091 one to be a specification, so we must test that this DIE is not a
12093 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl) && ! declaration
12094 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
12096 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
12097 add_AT_specification (var_die, old_die);
12098 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
12100 expanded_location s = expand_location (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (decl));
12101 struct dwarf_file_data * file_index = lookup_filename (s.file);
12103 if (get_AT_file (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
12104 add_AT_file (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
12106 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line) != (unsigned) s.line)
12108 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line, s.line);
12113 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
12114 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl), TREE_READONLY (decl),
12115 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12117 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
12118 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
12120 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12121 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12123 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12124 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12125 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12126 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12130 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12132 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) || declaration)
12133 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
12135 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12137 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl, DW_AT_location);
12138 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
12141 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
12144 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
12147 gen_label_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12149 tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12150 dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die, decl);
12152 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12154 if (origin != NULL)
12155 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
12157 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
12159 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12160 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
12163 insn = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
12165 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
12166 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
12167 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
12171 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL))))
12173 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
12174 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
12175 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
12176 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
12177 it if it ever does happen. */
12178 gcc_assert (!INSN_DELETED_P (insn));
12180 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
12181 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12186 /* A helper function for gen_inlined_subroutine_die. Add source coordinate
12187 attributes to the DIE for a block STMT, to describe where the inlined
12188 function was called from. This is similar to add_src_coords_attributes. */
12191 add_call_src_coords_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12193 expanded_location s = expand_location (BLOCK_SOURCE_LOCATION (stmt));
12195 add_AT_file (die, DW_AT_call_file, lookup_filename (s.file));
12196 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_call_line, s.line);
12199 /* A helper function for gen_lexical_block_die and gen_inlined_subroutine_die.
12200 Add low_pc and high_pc attributes to the DIE for a block STMT. */
12203 add_high_low_attributes (tree stmt, dw_die_ref die)
12205 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
12207 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt))
12211 add_AT_range_list (die, DW_AT_ranges, add_ranges (stmt));
12213 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt);
12216 add_ranges (chain);
12217 chain = BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain);
12224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
12225 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12226 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
12227 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
12228 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
12229 add_AT_lbl_id (die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
12233 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
12236 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12238 dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die, stmt);
12240 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12241 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, stmt_die);
12243 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
12246 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
12249 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12251 tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12253 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
12254 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
12255 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
12256 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
12257 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
12259 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
12261 dw_die_ref subr_die
12262 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die, stmt);
12264 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
12265 add_high_low_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12266 add_call_src_coords_attributes (stmt, subr_die);
12268 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
12269 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
12272 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
12273 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
12274 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
12275 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
12276 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
12277 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
12278 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
12279 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
12280 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
12281 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
12282 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
12284 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12287 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
12290 gen_field_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12292 dw_die_ref decl_die;
12294 if (TREE_TYPE (decl) == error_mark_node)
12297 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die, decl);
12298 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
12299 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
12300 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
12303 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
12305 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12306 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12307 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12310 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
12311 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
12313 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
12314 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
12316 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
12317 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12318 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
12319 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
12321 /* Equate decl number to die, so that we can look up this decl later on. */
12322 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
12326 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12327 Use modified_type_die instead.
12328 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12329 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12332 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12335 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12337 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12338 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12339 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12342 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
12343 Use modified_type_die instead.
12344 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
12345 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
12348 gen_reference_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12351 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12353 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
12354 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12355 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
12359 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
12362 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12365 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type,
12366 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12368 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
12369 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12370 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
12371 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
12374 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
12377 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename)
12380 char producer[250];
12381 const char *language_string = lang_hooks.name;
12384 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL, NULL);
12388 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
12389 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
12390 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR && filename[0] != '<')
12391 add_comp_dir_attribute (die);
12394 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
12396 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
12397 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
12398 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
12399 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
12400 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
12401 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
12402 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
12403 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12404 strcat (producer, " -g");
12407 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
12409 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
12410 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
12411 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
12412 language = DW_LANG_Ada95;
12413 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
12414 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
12415 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F95") == 0)
12416 language = DW_LANG_Fortran95;
12417 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
12418 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
12419 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
12420 language = DW_LANG_Java;
12421 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C") == 0)
12422 language = DW_LANG_ObjC;
12423 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Objective-C++") == 0)
12424 language = DW_LANG_ObjC_plus_plus;
12426 language = DW_LANG_C89;
12428 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
12432 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
12435 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo, tree access, dw_die_ref context_die)
12437 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die, binfo);
12439 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
12440 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
12442 if (BINFO_VIRTUAL_P (binfo))
12443 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
12445 if (access == access_public_node)
12446 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
12447 else if (access == access_protected_node)
12448 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
12451 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
12454 gen_member_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12457 tree binfo = TYPE_BINFO (type);
12460 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
12461 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
12462 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
12463 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
12464 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
12465 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
12466 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
12467 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
12468 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
12469 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
12470 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
12472 /* First output info about the base classes. */
12475 VEC(tree,gc) *accesses = BINFO_BASE_ACCESSES (binfo);
12479 for (i = 0; BINFO_BASE_ITERATE (binfo, i, base); i++)
12480 gen_inheritance_die (base,
12481 (accesses ? VEC_index (tree, accesses, i)
12482 : access_public_node), context_die);
12485 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
12486 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12488 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
12489 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
12490 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
12491 do put them in the right order. */
12493 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12495 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12497 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12500 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
12501 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
12503 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
12504 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
12507 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
12509 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
12511 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
12515 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
12516 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
12517 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
12520 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12521 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12523 dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
12524 dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
12526 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
12527 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12528 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
12529 int ns_decl = (context_die && context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_namespace);
12530 complete = complete && should_emit_struct_debug (type, usage);
12532 if (type_die && ! complete)
12535 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
12536 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12537 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)) == NAMESPACE_DECL))
12540 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
12542 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
12543 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
12545 dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
12547 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
12548 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
12550 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
12552 add_AT_specification (type_die, old_die);
12554 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
12557 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
12559 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
12560 then give a list of members. */
12561 if (complete && !ns_decl)
12563 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
12564 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
12565 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12566 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
12567 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
12568 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
12570 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
12571 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
12572 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
12573 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
12575 push_decl_scope (type);
12576 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
12579 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
12580 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
12582 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
12584 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
12585 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
12586 lookup_type_die (vtype));
12591 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
12593 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
12594 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
12595 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
12596 VEC_safe_push (tree, gc, incomplete_types, type);
12599 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12600 add_pubtype (type, type_die);
12603 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
12606 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12608 tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
12609 dw_die_ref subr_die
12610 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type,
12611 scope_die_for (type, context_die), type);
12613 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
12614 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
12615 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
12616 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
12618 if (get_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_name))
12619 add_pubtype (type, subr_die);
12622 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
12625 gen_typedef_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
12627 dw_die_ref type_die;
12630 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
12633 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
12634 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die, decl);
12635 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
12636 if (origin != NULL)
12637 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
12642 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
12643 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
12645 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
12647 gcc_assert (type != TREE_TYPE (decl));
12648 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
12651 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
12653 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
12654 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
12657 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
12658 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
12660 if (get_AT (type_die, DW_AT_name))
12661 add_pubtype (decl, type_die);
12664 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
12667 gen_type_die_with_usage (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die,
12668 enum debug_info_usage usage)
12672 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12675 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
12676 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
12678 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12681 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
12682 gcc_assert (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)) != type);
12684 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12685 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
12689 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
12690 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
12691 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
12692 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
12693 cloned type itself). */
12694 if (TREE_CODE (type) != VECTOR_TYPE)
12695 type = type_main_variant (type);
12697 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12700 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12706 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
12707 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
12708 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
12709 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
12710 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
12712 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12714 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
12715 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
12716 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12717 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12721 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
12722 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
12723 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die,
12724 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12726 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
12727 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12728 DINFO_USAGE_IND_USE);
12730 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
12732 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
12735 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
12736 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12737 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12738 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
12739 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12743 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
12744 gen_type_die_with_usage (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die,
12745 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
12746 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
12750 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12754 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
12757 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12760 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12761 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
12762 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
12763 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
12764 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
12765 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
12766 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
12767 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
12768 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
12769 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
12771 gen_type_die_with_usage (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die, usage);
12773 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12776 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
12777 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12778 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
12783 declare_in_namespace (type, context_die);
12787 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
12789 /* This might have been written out by the call to
12790 declare_in_namespace. */
12791 if (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
12792 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12795 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die, usage);
12800 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
12801 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
12802 when appropriate. */
12810 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
12814 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
12818 gcc_unreachable ();
12821 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
12825 gen_type_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12827 gen_type_die_with_usage (type, context_die, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE);
12830 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
12833 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type, dw_die_ref context_die)
12835 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
12838 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
12839 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
12840 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
12842 gcc_assert (type == type_main_variant (type));
12844 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
12845 an instance of an unresolved type. */
12847 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
12852 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
12853 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
12857 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
12861 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
12862 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
12866 gcc_unreachable ();
12870 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
12871 things which are local to the given block. */
12874 gen_block_die (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12876 int must_output_die = 0;
12879 enum tree_code origin_code;
12881 /* Ignore blocks that are NULL. */
12882 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12885 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
12886 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
12887 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
12888 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt))
12892 for (sub = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt); sub; sub = BLOCK_CHAIN (sub))
12893 gen_block_die (sub, context_die, depth + 1);
12898 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
12899 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
12900 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
12901 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
12902 the current block. */
12903 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
12904 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
12906 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
12908 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12909 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
12910 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
12911 must_output_die = 1;
12914 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
12915 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
12916 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
12917 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
12918 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
12919 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
12920 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
12921 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
12923 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
12924 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
12925 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
12926 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
12927 as being a "significant" one. */
12928 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL
12929 && (TREE_USED (stmt)
12930 || TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt)
12931 || BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)));
12933 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
12934 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
12935 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
12936 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12937 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
12938 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
12940 must_output_die = 1;
12946 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
12947 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
12948 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
12949 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
12950 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
12951 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
12952 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
12953 if (must_output_die)
12955 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
12956 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12958 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
12961 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
12964 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
12965 all of its sub-blocks. */
12968 decls_for_scope (tree stmt, dw_die_ref context_die, int depth)
12973 /* Ignore NULL blocks. */
12974 if (stmt == NULL_TREE)
12977 if (TREE_USED (stmt))
12979 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
12980 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
12981 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
12982 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
12983 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt); decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
12987 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
12988 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
12989 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
12990 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
12994 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
12995 add_child_die (context_die, die);
12996 /* Do not produce debug information for static variables since
12997 these might be optimized out. We are called for these later
12998 in cgraph_varpool_analyze_pending_decls. */
12999 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL && TREE_STATIC (decl))
13002 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13006 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
13007 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13010 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
13011 therein) of this block. */
13012 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
13014 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
13015 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
13018 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
13021 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl)
13023 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
13026 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
13027 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
13028 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
13029 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
13030 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
13031 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
13037 /* Returns the DIE for decl. A DIE will always be returned. */
13040 force_decl_die (tree decl)
13042 dw_die_ref decl_die;
13043 unsigned saved_external_flag;
13044 tree save_fn = NULL_TREE;
13045 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13048 dw_die_ref context_die;
13049 tree decl_context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13052 /* Find die that represents this context. */
13053 if (TYPE_P (decl_context))
13054 context_die = force_type_die (decl_context);
13056 context_die = force_decl_die (decl_context);
13059 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13061 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13065 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13067 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13068 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
13069 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
13070 declaration die. */
13071 save_fn = current_function_decl;
13072 current_function_decl = NULL_TREE;
13073 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13074 current_function_decl = save_fn;
13078 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
13079 gen_decl_die() call. */
13080 saved_external_flag = DECL_EXTERNAL (decl);
13081 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = 1;
13082 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13083 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) = saved_external_flag;
13086 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13087 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13091 gcc_unreachable ();
13094 /* We should be able to find the DIE now. */
13096 decl_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13097 gcc_assert (decl_die);
13103 /* Returns the DIE for TYPE, that must not be a base type. A DIE is
13104 always returned. */
13107 force_type_die (tree type)
13109 dw_die_ref type_die;
13111 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13114 dw_die_ref context_die;
13115 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13117 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13118 context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13120 context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13123 context_die = comp_unit_die;
13125 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13128 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
13129 type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
13130 gcc_assert (type_die);
13135 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
13136 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
13139 setup_namespace_context (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13141 tree context = (DECL_P (thing)
13142 ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing));
13143 if (context && TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13144 /* Force out the namespace. */
13145 context_die = force_decl_die (context);
13147 return context_die;
13150 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
13151 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
13153 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
13154 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
13157 declare_in_namespace (tree thing, dw_die_ref context_die)
13159 dw_die_ref ns_context;
13161 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13164 /* If this decl is from an inlined function, then don't try to emit it in its
13165 namespace, as we will get confused. It would have already been emitted
13166 when the abstract instance of the inline function was emitted anyways. */
13167 if (DECL_P (thing) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (thing))
13170 ns_context = setup_namespace_context (thing, context_die);
13172 if (ns_context != context_die)
13174 if (DECL_P (thing))
13175 gen_decl_die (thing, ns_context);
13177 gen_type_die (thing, ns_context);
13181 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
13184 gen_namespace_die (tree decl)
13186 dw_die_ref context_die = setup_namespace_context (decl, comp_unit_die);
13188 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
13189 they are an alias of. */
13190 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == NULL)
13192 /* Output a real namespace. */
13193 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13194 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace, context_die, decl);
13195 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13196 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13200 /* Output a namespace alias. */
13202 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
13203 dw_die_ref origin_die
13204 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13206 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
13207 dw_die_ref namespace_die
13208 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, context_die, decl);
13209 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die, decl);
13210 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die, DW_AT_import, origin_die);
13211 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, namespace_die);
13215 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
13218 gen_decl_die (tree decl, dw_die_ref context_die)
13222 if (DECL_P (decl) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13225 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13231 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
13232 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
13235 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13236 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
13237 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
13238 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
13239 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
13244 /* This doesn't work because the C frontend sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN
13245 on local redeclarations of global functions. That seems broken. */
13246 if (current_function_decl != decl)
13247 /* This is only a declaration. */;
13250 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
13251 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
13252 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
13254 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
13255 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
13256 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl)
13257 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
13258 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die)
13259 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
13260 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
13261 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
13262 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13264 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
13265 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
13268 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
13269 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13271 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
13272 have described its return type. */
13273 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
13275 /* And its virtual context. */
13276 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
13277 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
13279 /* And its containing type. */
13280 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13281 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13282 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13284 /* And its containing namespace. */
13285 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13288 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
13289 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
13293 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13294 actual typedefs. */
13295 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13298 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
13299 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
13300 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
13301 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
13302 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
13303 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
13304 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE
13305 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
13307 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13311 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
13312 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13314 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
13315 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
13319 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
13320 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
13325 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13326 variable declarations or definitions. */
13327 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13330 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
13332 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13334 /* And its containing type. */
13335 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
13336 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
13337 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
13339 /* And its containing namespace. */
13340 declare_in_namespace (decl, context_die);
13342 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
13343 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
13344 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
13346 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
13347 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
13348 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13350 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
13354 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
13355 anonymous unions and structs. */
13356 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
13357 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE
13358 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == RECORD_TYPE)
13360 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
13361 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
13366 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
13367 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
13370 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13371 gen_namespace_die (decl);
13375 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
13376 gcc_assert ((int)TREE_CODE (decl) > NUM_TREE_CODES);
13381 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
13382 compilation proper has finished. */
13385 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl)
13387 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
13388 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
13389 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
13390 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
13391 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
13392 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13395 /* Output debug information for type decl DECL. Called from toplev.c
13396 and from language front ends (to record built-in types). */
13398 dwarf2out_type_decl (tree decl, int local)
13401 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
13404 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
13407 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl, tree context)
13409 dw_die_ref imported_die, at_import_die;
13410 dw_die_ref scope_die;
13411 expanded_location xloc;
13413 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13418 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
13419 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
13422 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
13423 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
13425 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
13426 else if (TYPE_P (context))
13428 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (context, DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13430 scope_die = force_type_die (context);
13433 scope_die = force_decl_die (context);
13435 /* For TYPE_DECL or CONST_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
13436 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == CONST_DECL)
13438 if (is_base_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
13439 at_import_die = base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13441 at_import_die = force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
13445 at_import_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
13446 if (!at_import_die)
13448 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
13449 emitted the member decl for this field. Emit it now. */
13450 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FIELD_DECL)
13452 tree type = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
13453 dw_die_ref type_context_die;
13455 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
13456 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
13458 if (!should_emit_struct_debug (TYPE_CONTEXT (type),
13459 DINFO_USAGE_DIR_USE))
13461 type_context_die = force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13464 type_context_die = force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
13466 type_context_die = comp_unit_die;
13467 gen_type_die_for_member (type, decl, type_context_die);
13469 at_import_die = force_decl_die (decl);
13473 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
13474 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
13475 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module, scope_die, context);
13477 imported_die = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration, scope_die, context);
13479 xloc = expand_location (input_location);
13480 add_AT_file (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_file, lookup_filename (xloc.file));
13481 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die, DW_AT_decl_line, xloc.line);
13482 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die, DW_AT_import, at_import_die);
13485 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
13488 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl)
13490 dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
13492 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
13497 case FUNCTION_DECL:
13498 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
13499 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
13500 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
13501 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
13502 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
13503 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
13504 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
13505 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
13506 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
13507 with the definition of the function.
13509 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
13510 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
13511 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
13512 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
13513 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
13514 translation unit (and thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
13515 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
13516 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
13517 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
13518 that they *are* definitions).
13520 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
13521 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
13522 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
13523 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
13524 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
13525 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
13528 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
13529 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
13530 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
13531 if (decl_function_context (decl)
13532 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
13533 && debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13534 context_die = NULL;
13538 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
13539 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
13540 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
13541 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
13542 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
13543 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
13544 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
13545 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
13546 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
13549 /* For local statics lookup proper context die. */
13550 if (TREE_STATIC (decl) && decl_function_context (decl))
13551 context_die = lookup_decl_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl));
13553 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
13554 variable declarations or definitions. */
13555 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13559 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
13560 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13562 if (lookup_decl_die (decl) != NULL)
13567 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
13568 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
13571 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
13572 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
13573 if (DECL_IS_BUILTIN (decl))
13575 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
13576 comparisons have. */
13578 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
13579 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
13580 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
13585 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
13586 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
13589 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
13590 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
13591 if (decl_function_context (decl))
13592 context_die = NULL;
13600 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
13603 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
13604 a lexical block. */
13607 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13608 unsigned int blocknum)
13610 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13611 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
13614 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
13618 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int blocknum)
13620 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13621 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
13624 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
13625 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
13627 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
13628 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
13629 we may end up calling them anyway. */
13632 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block)
13636 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
13637 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
13638 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
13644 /* Hash table routines for file_hash. */
13647 file_table_eq (const void *p1_p, const void *p2_p)
13649 const struct dwarf_file_data * p1 = p1_p;
13650 const char * p2 = p2_p;
13651 return strcmp (p1->filename, p2) == 0;
13655 file_table_hash (const void *p_p)
13657 const struct dwarf_file_data * p = p_p;
13658 return htab_hash_string (p->filename);
13661 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
13662 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
13663 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
13664 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
13665 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
13666 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
13667 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
13668 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
13669 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
13672 static struct dwarf_file_data *
13673 lookup_filename (const char *file_name)
13676 struct dwarf_file_data * created;
13678 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
13679 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
13680 if (file_table_last_lookup
13681 && (file_name == file_table_last_lookup->filename
13682 || strcmp (file_table_last_lookup->filename, file_name) == 0))
13683 return file_table_last_lookup;
13685 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table. */
13686 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (file_table, file_name,
13687 htab_hash_string (file_name), INSERT);
13691 created = ggc_alloc (sizeof (struct dwarf_file_data));
13692 created->filename = file_name;
13693 created->emitted_number = 0;
13698 /* If the assembler will construct the file table, then translate the compiler
13699 internal file table number into the assembler file table number, and emit
13700 a .file directive if we haven't already emitted one yet. The file table
13701 numbers are different because we prune debug info for unused variables and
13702 types, which may include filenames. */
13705 maybe_emit_file (struct dwarf_file_data * fd)
13707 if (! fd->emitted_number)
13709 if (last_emitted_file)
13710 fd->emitted_number = last_emitted_file->emitted_number + 1;
13712 fd->emitted_number = 1;
13713 last_emitted_file = fd;
13715 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13717 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u ", fd->emitted_number);
13718 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file, fd->filename);
13719 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file);
13723 return fd->emitted_number;
13726 /* Called by the final INSN scan whenever we see a var location. We
13727 use it to drop labels in the right places, and throw the location in
13728 our lookup table. */
13731 dwarf2out_var_location (rtx loc_note)
13733 char loclabel[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
13734 struct var_loc_node *newloc;
13736 static rtx last_insn;
13737 static const char *last_label;
13740 if (!DECL_P (NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note)))
13742 prev_insn = PREV_INSN (loc_note);
13744 newloc = ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct var_loc_node));
13745 /* If the insn we processed last time is the previous insn
13746 and it is also a var location note, use the label we emitted
13748 if (last_insn != NULL_RTX
13749 && last_insn == prev_insn
13750 && NOTE_P (prev_insn)
13751 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (prev_insn) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION)
13753 newloc->label = last_label;
13757 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loclabel, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13758 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, "LVL", loclabel_num);
13760 newloc->label = ggc_strdup (loclabel);
13762 newloc->var_loc_note = loc_note;
13763 newloc->next = NULL;
13765 if (cfun && in_cold_section_p)
13766 newloc->section_label = cfun->cold_section_label;
13768 newloc->section_label = text_section_label;
13770 last_insn = loc_note;
13771 last_label = newloc->label;
13772 decl = NOTE_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc_note);
13773 add_var_loc_to_decl (decl, newloc);
13776 /* We need to reset the locations at the beginning of each
13777 function. We can't do this in the end_function hook, because the
13778 declarations that use the locations won't have been output when
13779 that hook is called. Also compute have_multiple_function_sections here. */
13782 dwarf2out_begin_function (tree fun)
13784 htab_empty (decl_loc_table);
13786 if (function_section (fun) != text_section)
13787 have_multiple_function_sections = true;
13790 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
13791 and record information relating to this source line, in
13792 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
13795 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line, const char *filename)
13797 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
13800 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13802 switch_to_section (current_function_section ());
13804 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
13805 if (flag_debug_asm)
13806 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
13809 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
13811 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
13812 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
13814 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
13815 line_info_table_in_use++;
13817 else if (function_section (current_function_decl) != text_section)
13819 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
13820 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file,
13821 SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13822 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
13824 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13825 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
13826 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
13828 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13829 separate_line_info_table
13830 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table,
13831 separate_line_info_table_allocated
13832 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
13833 memset (separate_line_info_table
13834 + separate_line_info_table_in_use,
13836 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13837 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry)));
13840 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13842 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
13843 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
13844 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13845 line_info->function = current_function_funcdef_no;
13849 dw_line_info_ref line_info;
13851 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
13852 line_info_table_in_use);
13854 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
13855 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
13857 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13859 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table,
13860 (line_info_table_allocated
13861 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
13862 memset (line_info_table + line_info_table_in_use, 0,
13863 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13866 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
13867 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
13868 line_info->dw_file_num = file_num;
13869 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
13874 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
13877 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno, const char *filename)
13879 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13881 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
13882 dw_die_ref bincl_die;
13884 bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13885 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
13888 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13890 int file_num = maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename));
13892 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13893 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
13894 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d",
13897 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (file_num, "file %s", filename);
13901 /* Record the end of a source file. */
13904 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13906 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
13907 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
13908 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die, NULL);
13910 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13912 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13913 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
13917 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13918 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13919 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13922 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13923 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13925 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13927 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13928 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
13929 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13930 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13934 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
13935 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
13936 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
13939 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
13940 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13942 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
13944 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
13945 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
13946 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
13947 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
13951 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
13954 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
13956 /* Allocate the file_table. */
13957 file_table = htab_create_ggc (50, file_table_hash,
13958 file_table_eq, NULL);
13960 /* Allocate the decl_die_table. */
13961 decl_die_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash,
13962 decl_die_table_eq, NULL);
13964 /* Allocate the decl_loc_table. */
13965 decl_loc_table = htab_create_ggc (10, decl_loc_table_hash,
13966 decl_loc_table_eq, NULL);
13968 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
13969 decl_scope_table = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 256);
13971 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
13972 abbrev_die_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
13973 * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
13974 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13975 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13976 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
13978 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
13979 line_info_table = ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
13980 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
13981 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
13983 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused. */
13984 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
13986 /* Allocate the pubtypes and pubnames vectors. */
13987 pubname_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
13988 pubtype_table = VEC_alloc (pubname_entry, gc, 32);
13990 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
13991 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
13992 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
13993 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
13994 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
13995 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
13996 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (NULL);
13998 incomplete_types = VEC_alloc (tree, gc, 64);
14000 used_rtx_array = VEC_alloc (rtx, gc, 32);
14002 debug_info_section = get_section (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION,
14003 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14004 debug_abbrev_section = get_section (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION,
14005 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14006 debug_aranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION,
14007 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14008 debug_macinfo_section = get_section (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION,
14009 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14010 debug_line_section = get_section (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION,
14011 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14012 debug_loc_section = get_section (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION,
14013 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14014 debug_pubnames_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION,
14015 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14016 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14017 debug_pubtypes_section = get_section (DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION,
14018 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14020 debug_str_section = get_section (DEBUG_STR_SECTION,
14021 DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS, NULL);
14022 debug_ranges_section = get_section (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION,
14023 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14024 debug_frame_section = get_section (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION,
14025 SECTION_DEBUG, NULL);
14027 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14028 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
14029 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14030 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14031 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_text_section_label,
14032 COLD_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14033 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (cold_end_label, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14035 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
14036 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14037 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
14038 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14039 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label,
14040 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14041 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14042 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
14043 switch_to_section (debug_info_section);
14044 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
14045 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14046 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
14048 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14050 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14051 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
14052 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14053 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
14056 switch_to_section (text_section);
14057 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
14058 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14060 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14061 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, cold_text_section_label);
14065 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
14066 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
14069 output_indirect_string (void **h, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14071 struct indirect_string_node *node = (struct indirect_string_node *) *h;
14073 if (node->form == DW_FORM_strp)
14075 switch_to_section (debug_str_section);
14076 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, node->label);
14077 assemble_string (node->str, strlen (node->str) + 1);
14083 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14084 /* Verify that all marks are clear. */
14087 verify_marks_clear (dw_die_ref die)
14091 gcc_assert (! die->die_mark);
14092 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, verify_marks_clear (c));
14094 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14096 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
14097 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
14100 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die)
14106 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unmark_dies (c));
14109 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
14110 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
14113 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die)
14118 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14120 if (a->dw_attr_val.val_class == dw_val_class_die_ref)
14122 /* A reference to another DIE.
14123 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
14124 prune_unused_types_mark (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die, 1);
14126 /* Set the string's refcount to 0 so that prune_unused_types_mark
14127 accounts properly for it. */
14128 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14129 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str->refcount = 0;
14134 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
14135 to DIE's children. */
14138 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die, int dokids)
14142 if (die->die_mark == 0)
14144 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
14147 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
14148 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
14149 if (die->die_parent)
14150 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_parent, 0);
14152 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
14153 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14155 /* If this node is a specification,
14156 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
14157 if (get_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_declaration) && die->die_definition)
14158 prune_unused_types_mark (die->die_definition, 1);
14161 if (dokids && die->die_mark != 2)
14163 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
14164 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
14167 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
14168 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
14169 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_array_type)
14170 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_mark (c, 1));
14172 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14177 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
14180 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die)
14184 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
14188 switch (die->die_tag) {
14189 case DW_TAG_const_type:
14190 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
14191 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
14192 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
14193 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
14194 case DW_TAG_typedef:
14195 case DW_TAG_array_type:
14196 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
14197 case DW_TAG_union_type:
14198 case DW_TAG_class_type:
14199 case DW_TAG_friend:
14200 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
14201 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
14202 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
14203 case DW_TAG_string_type:
14204 case DW_TAG_set_type:
14205 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
14206 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
14207 case DW_TAG_file_type:
14208 if (die->die_perennial_p)
14211 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
14215 /* Mark everything else. */
14221 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
14222 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die);
14224 /* Mark children. */
14225 FOR_EACH_CHILD (die, c, prune_unused_types_walk (c));
14228 /* Increment the string counts on strings referred to from DIE's
14232 prune_unused_types_update_strings (dw_die_ref die)
14237 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (dw_attr_node, die->die_attr, ix, a); ix++)
14238 if (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
14240 struct indirect_string_node *s = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
14242 /* Avoid unnecessarily putting strings that are used less than
14243 twice in the hash table. */
14245 == ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS & SECTION_MERGE) ? 1 : 2))
14248 slot = htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash, s->str,
14249 htab_hash_string (s->str),
14251 gcc_assert (*slot == NULL);
14257 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
14260 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die)
14264 gcc_assert (die->die_mark);
14265 prune_unused_types_update_strings (die);
14267 if (! die->die_child)
14270 c = die->die_child;
14272 dw_die_ref prev = c;
14273 for (c = c->die_sib; ! c->die_mark; c = c->die_sib)
14274 if (c == die->die_child)
14276 /* No marked children between 'prev' and the end of the list. */
14278 /* No marked children at all. */
14279 die->die_child = NULL;
14282 prev->die_sib = c->die_sib;
14283 die->die_child = prev;
14288 if (c != prev->die_sib)
14290 prune_unused_types_prune (c);
14291 } while (c != die->die_child);
14295 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
14298 prune_unused_types (void)
14301 limbo_die_node *node;
14304 #if ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING
14305 /* All the marks should already be clear. */
14306 verify_marks_clear (comp_unit_die);
14307 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14308 verify_marks_clear (node->die);
14309 #endif /* ENABLE_ASSERT_CHECKING */
14311 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
14312 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die);
14313 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14314 prune_unused_types_walk (node->die);
14316 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
14317 pubname_table or arange_table. */
14318 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (pubname_entry, pubname_table, i, pub); i++)
14319 prune_unused_types_mark (pub->die, 1);
14320 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; i++)
14321 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table[i], 1);
14323 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked; and update the string counts. */
14324 if (debug_str_hash)
14325 htab_empty (debug_str_hash);
14326 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die);
14327 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14328 prune_unused_types_prune (node->die);
14330 /* Leave the marks clear. */
14331 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die);
14332 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14333 prune_unmark_dies (node->die);
14336 /* Set the parameter to true if there are any relative pathnames in
14339 file_table_relative_p (void ** slot, void *param)
14342 struct dwarf_file_data *d = *slot;
14343 if (d->emitted_number && d->filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14351 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
14352 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
14355 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename)
14357 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
14358 dw_die_ref die = 0;
14360 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
14361 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
14362 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die, filename);
14363 if (filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
14364 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14365 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_comp_dir) == NULL)
14368 htab_traverse (file_table, file_table_relative_p, &p);
14370 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die);
14373 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
14374 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
14375 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
14376 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
14378 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
14380 next_node = node->next;
14383 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
14385 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
14388 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
14389 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
14391 else if (errorcount > 0 || sorrycount > 0)
14392 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
14393 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14396 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
14397 nested function can be optimized away, which results
14398 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
14399 with the return type of that nested function. Force
14400 this to be a child of the containing function.
14402 It may happen that even the containing function got fully
14403 inlined and optimized out. In that case we are lost and
14404 assign the empty child. This should not be big issue as
14405 the function is likely unreachable too. */
14406 tree context = NULL_TREE;
14408 gcc_assert (node->created_for);
14410 if (DECL_P (node->created_for))
14411 context = DECL_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14412 else if (TYPE_P (node->created_for))
14413 context = TYPE_CONTEXT (node->created_for);
14415 gcc_assert (context
14416 && (TREE_CODE (context) == FUNCTION_DECL
14417 || TREE_CODE (context) == NAMESPACE_DECL));
14419 origin = lookup_decl_die (context);
14421 add_child_die (origin, die);
14423 add_child_die (comp_unit_die, die);
14428 limbo_die_list = NULL;
14430 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
14431 emit full debugging info for them. */
14432 retry_incomplete_types ();
14434 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types)
14435 prune_unused_types ();
14437 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
14438 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
14439 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
14440 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
14442 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
14443 that have children. */
14444 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
14445 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14446 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
14448 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
14449 switch_to_section (text_section);
14450 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
14451 if (flag_reorder_blocks_and_partition)
14453 switch_to_section (unlikely_text_section ());
14454 targetm.asm_out.internal_label (asm_out_file, COLD_END_LABEL, 0);
14457 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
14459 if (!have_multiple_function_sections)
14461 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
14462 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
14465 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
14466 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
14467 else if (have_location_lists || ranges_table_in_use)
14468 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_entry_pc, const0_rtx);
14470 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
14471 if (have_location_lists)
14473 /* Output the location lists info. */
14474 switch_to_section (debug_loc_section);
14475 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label,
14476 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
14477 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
14478 output_location_lists (die);
14481 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
14482 add_AT_lineptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
14483 debug_line_section_label);
14485 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14486 add_AT_macptr (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
14488 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
14489 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
14490 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
14491 output_comp_unit (node->die, 0);
14493 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die, 0);
14495 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
14496 switch_to_section (debug_abbrev_section);
14497 output_abbrev_section ();
14499 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
14500 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubname_table))
14502 switch_to_section (debug_pubnames_section);
14503 output_pubnames (pubname_table);
14506 #ifdef DEBUG_PUBTYPES_SECTION
14507 /* Output public types table if necessary. */
14508 if (!VEC_empty (pubname_entry, pubtype_table))
14510 switch_to_section (debug_pubtypes_section);
14511 output_pubnames (pubtype_table);
14515 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
14516 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
14517 if (fde_table_in_use)
14519 switch_to_section (debug_aranges_section);
14523 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
14524 if (ranges_table_in_use)
14526 switch_to_section (debug_ranges_section);
14527 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, ranges_section_label);
14531 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
14532 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
14533 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
14534 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
14535 examining the file. This is done late so that any filenames
14536 used by the debug_info section are marked as 'used'. */
14537 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
14539 switch_to_section (debug_line_section);
14540 output_line_info ();
14543 /* Have to end the macro section. */
14544 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
14546 switch_to_section (debug_macinfo_section);
14547 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
14550 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
14552 if (debug_str_hash)
14553 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash, output_indirect_string, NULL);
14557 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
14558 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks;
14560 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
14562 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"